WO2020133340A1 - Data transmission method and communication device - Google Patents

Data transmission method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020133340A1
WO2020133340A1 PCT/CN2018/125313 CN2018125313W WO2020133340A1 WO 2020133340 A1 WO2020133340 A1 WO 2020133340A1 CN 2018125313 W CN2018125313 W CN 2018125313W WO 2020133340 A1 WO2020133340 A1 WO 2020133340A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
communication device
time
transceiver
switching
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/125313
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王俊伟
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2018/125313 priority Critical patent/WO2020133340A1/en
Priority to CN201880090224.2A priority patent/CN111771410B/en
Publication of WO2020133340A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020133340A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular, to a data transmission method and a communication device.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • the access node can include: base stations and User equipment (user equipment, UE).
  • UE User equipment
  • LBT listen before talk
  • the base station After the current LBT is successful, the base station obtains a channel occupation time (COT), which can send downlink data from the base station to the terminal within this time period, and can also send instructions to the UE so that the UE can use the time corresponding to the COT Frequency resources to send uplink data.
  • COT channel occupation time
  • the base station can notify the UE of the obtained time-frequency resources corresponding to the COT, there is a gap time between the UE receiving the notification signaling and the UE transmitting the uplink data.
  • the interval belongs to the signal blank period, that is, neither the base station nor the UE sends a signal. If the length of the interval is set too large, the risk of losing the channel is increased, which results in insufficient stability of the system communication and reduces the predictability of data scheduling. In addition, in the interval time, it is also possible that other neighboring cells or sending nodes of different systems obtain the right to send data and send signals on the same channel, which will also cause mutual interference to upstream signals.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the length of an interval time, reduce the risk of losing a channel, and reduce possible channel interference.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, including: a first communication device determines an end time of first data and a start time of second data, and the start time of the second data minus the The time period obtained at the end of the first data is the first sending and receiving interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, and the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device; the first communication The device determines the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, where the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, and the third data is the first A communication device fills the data at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending moment of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval Less than the first transceiver interval; the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the third data to the station at the starting
  • the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first Interval of receiving and sending, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the sending time of the third data according to the starting time and the advance of the second data
  • the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data
  • the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data Is the second transceiving interval
  • the second transceiving interval is smaller than the first transceiving interval
  • the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending moment of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second at the starting moment of the second data
  • the communication device sends the
  • the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application
  • the sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • the advancement amount is used to indicate the advancement time length of the transceiver switching in advance; the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start of the second data After the time, the method further includes: the first communication device determining the start time of switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount; Transceiver switching is performed at the starting moment of transceiver switching; when the transceiver switching is completed, the following steps are triggered to be executed: the first communication device sends the second communication to the second communication at the sending moment of the third data The device sends the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data.
  • the advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the switch of the transceiver in advance.
  • the transceiver is advanced in advance based on the advance amount based on the end time of the first data.
  • the starting time that is advanced on the basis of the end time of the first data is determined as the starting time for the switch of the transceiver.
  • the first communication device performs transceiver switching at the starting moment of transceiver switching, that is, the embodiment of the application implements transceiver switching in advance relative to the prior art.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device according to the The first transceiver interval and the cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data determine whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition.
  • the first communication device may also preset a pre-transmit/receive switching condition, and the pre-transmit/receive switching condition is a judgment condition for whether the transceiver can be switched in advance.
  • the first communication device after setting the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, obtains the first transceiving interval and the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data, and determines the CP length according to the first transceiving interval Whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are met.
  • the early transmission and reception switching condition may include a threshold. If the difference between the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length is less than the threshold, it may be determined that the first communication device meets the early transmission and reception switching condition. If the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length The obtained difference value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and it can be determined that the first communication device does not satisfy the pre-transmit and receive switching condition.
  • the method further includes: when the first communication device satisfies the early transmit-receive switching condition, the first communication device transmits the first data according to the last The CP length information of the time unit determines the advance amount.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device acquiring the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data
  • the first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information.
  • the subcarrier interval of the first data acquired by the first communication device is a frequency value
  • the CP type information of the last time unit acquired by the first communication device that transmits the first data may include: a conventional cyclic prefix and an extended cyclic Prefix, in which the regular cyclic prefix length is 4.7us, and the extended cyclic prefix length is 16.67us.
  • the first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device according to the The first scheduling information configured by the second communication device determines a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; the first communication device is The time unit of the first communication device determines the advancement.
  • the second communication device sends the first data
  • the second communication device sends the first scheduling information to the first communication device
  • the second communication device sends the first data to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information.
  • the first communication device determines the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information.
  • the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device refers to that no longer communicates with the first communication at the end of the time unit transmitting the first data
  • the time unit in which the device sends data for example, no more data is sent to the first communication device at the end within the last symbol that sent the first data.
  • the first communication device determines the advancement according to the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, for example, the advancement in step 202 may not be greater than the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first communication device may advance according to the advancement Transceiver switching is performed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device includes at least one of the following time units: a time unit that does not schedule data to the first communication device, scheduling A time unit of data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit of scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device.
  • the failure to schedule data to the first communication device refers to that the second communication device does not send data to the first communication device
  • the time unit to schedule data that the first communication device has received refers to the time at which the first communication device repeatedly receives data unit.
  • the time unit for scheduling data to communication devices other than the first communication device means that the time unit is not used for scheduling to the first communication device, but for scheduling data to other communication devices, the time unit is still unscheduled
  • the time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device may be used to determine the advance.
  • the method when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers, the method further includes: the first communication device at the end time of the first data Perform transceiver switching; when the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the third data
  • the second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the first communication device initiates the switching of the transceiver at the end of the first data.
  • the end time of the switching of the transceiver is the sending time of the third data
  • the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then sends the third data to the second
  • the communication device sends the second data.
  • the transceiver interval can be reduced to the time of the RF transceiver hardware switching (such as 13us), which can be applied to the scenario of one carrier, or the scenario of multiple synchronized carriers, where multiple synchronized carriers can be under the same network standard system Carrier wave.
  • the method when the first data is transmitted through multiple non-synchronized carriers, the method further includes: the first communication device ends at the latest when transmitting the first data Transceiver switching is performed at all times; when the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then Sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the first communication device ends at the latest when transmitting the first data Transceiver switching is performed at all times; when the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then Sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the transceiver switching in advance in the foregoing embodiments of the present application can better reduce the interval between uplink and downlink switching, reduce the risk of channel loss, and improve the efficiency of system data transmission.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate multiple carriers The length of time between synchronization errors.
  • the first communication device may also report the synchronization error between multiple carriers to the second communication device, for example, the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information, and the multi-carrier error information may include: the synchronization error of each carrier.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, and the radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the first communication device The length of time to perform the switching of the transceiver, and for indicating whether the first communication device supports the switching of the transceiver in advance.
  • the first communication device also needs to interact with the second communication device, and the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device
  • the radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device receives second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the second scheduling information includes the following three parameters: At least one of: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, where the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, and the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate the first Whether a communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, the third scheduling parameter is used to instruct the first communication device to listen first and then speak LBT parameters; the first communication device determines the The starting moment of the second data, and determining whether to switch the transceiver in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determining the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
  • the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting time of the second data, for example, it may be a time slot or a symbol position
  • the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate Whether the first communication device performs the method of shortening the interval time, if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 0, it indicates that the interval time is not executed, and if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 1, it indicates that the GAP reduction is executed.
  • the third scheduling parameter can indicate the LBT access type. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 00, it means that there is no LBT, that is, it is sent directly. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 01, it means that it is LBTcat2, if the third scheduling parameter If the value is 10, it means to do LBT CAT4. If the third scheduling parameter is 11, it means reserved field.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device receives third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the The first communication device acquires the LBT parameter; the first communication device determines that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to acquire the LBT parameter; the first communication device according to the first transceiver interval or Acquiring the LBT parameter in the second sending and receiving interval.
  • the second communication device when the second communication device sends the third scheduling message to the first communication device, the second communication device may set the type of LBT to that the first communication device obtains the LBT parameters by itself, that is, the second communication The device no longer indicates the specific LBT parameter to the first communication device, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the first communication device acquires the LBT parameter.
  • the first communication device determines that the type of LBT is determined by the first communication device itself. The first communication device can calculate the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception intervals that can be achieved, and perform the corresponding LBT.
  • the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved is not greater than 16us, and the first communication device may directly transmit the uplink data at the scheduled time without performing LBT.
  • the first communication device may select LBTcat2. It should be noted that the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved here may be the time of the first transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device, or the time of the second transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device.
  • the sending time of the third data is later than the ending time of the first data.
  • the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused by the first communication device sending the third data to other users, it is necessary to control the sending of the third data The time cannot be earlier than the end time of the first data.
  • the method further includes: before the end time of the first data arrives, the first communication device controls the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to a preset transmission power threshold. If the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused to the other users by the third communication device sending the third data, the first communication device is performing the transceiver After the machine is switched, the power of the transmitted signal needs to be controlled.
  • the first communication device determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data includes: the first communication device acquiring the configuration of the second communication device The first scheduling information and the fourth scheduling information, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data; the first communication device according to the The time domain information of the first scheduling information indicates the end time of determining the first data; and, the first communication device determines the time according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information TA The starting moment of the second data.
  • the second communication device sends first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information to the first communication device.
  • the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data
  • the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data.
  • the first communication device first determines the time corresponding to the time slot (or symbol) boundary of the second communication device according to the synchronization signal, and the first scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the first data and the symbol occupied by the first data Number
  • the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information may include the time corresponding to the above-mentioned time slot (or symbol) boundary, the starting time slot (or symbol), and the number of symbols occupied by the data, according to the time domain information Indicate the end time for determining the first data.
  • the first transceiver interval S1-S0.
  • the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to the advance the amount.
  • the second data is uplink data to be sent, and a piece of data is copied from the second data as the third data, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement.
  • a CP technology can be introduced into the communication system, that is, a CP header can be added to the first time unit for transmitting the second data.
  • the CP header can be from the second A piece of data copied from the end of the data.
  • the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data.
  • the copied third data can form a new CP with the original CP of the second data.
  • the third data in the embodiment of the present application may be the third data.
  • the reference signal can be sent before the second data is sent. By sending the reference signal, the receiver can increase the channel estimation resources, make the channel estimation result more accurate, and help improve the reception performance of the receiver. .
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • the communication device is specifically a first communication device.
  • the first communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transmitter; the processor is used to determine The end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first sending and receiving interval.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the third data according to a start time and an advance amount of the second data Sending time, wherein the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data is the data that the first communication device fills in front of the second data, and the first The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval; the memory is used to store the transmission And the data and instructions of the processor; the transmitter is configured to send the third data to the second communication device at the moment of sending the third data, and then start at the beginning of the second data The second data is sent to the second communication device at the beginning.
  • the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the advance amount is used to indicate an advance time length for transceiver switching in advance; the processor , Which is also used to determine the start time of the switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data; the process It is also used to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the beginning of the transceiver switching; the processor is also used to control the transmission after the transceiver switching is completed
  • the device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and transmit the first The cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit of the data determines whether the first communication device meets the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions.
  • the processor is further configured to, according to the CP of the last time unit transmitting the first data when the first communication device satisfies the early transmission/reception switching condition
  • the length information determines the advance.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data; according to the The subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information determine the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device after the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data Determining a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; and determining the advance amount according to a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device.
  • the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device stored in the memory includes at least one of the following time units: no data is scheduled to the first communication device The time unit of time, the time unit of scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and the time unit of scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device.
  • the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the processor is further used when the first data passes through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers During transmission, the radio frequency transceiver module is controlled to switch the transceiver at the end time of the first data; when the transceiver switch ends, the transmitter is controlled at the end time of the transceiver switch The second communication device sends the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data.
  • the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the processor is further configured to transmit the first data through multiple asynchronous carriers , Controlling the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the latest time when the transmission of the first data ends; when the switching of the transceiver ends, controlling the transmitter to the end time of the switching of the transceiver Sending the third data to the second communication device, and then sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • a radio frequency transceiver module wherein the processor is further configured to transmit the first data through multiple asynchronous carriers , Controlling the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the latest time when the transmission of the first data ends; when the switching of the transceiver ends, controlling the transmitter to the end time of the switching of the transceiver Sending the third data to the second communication device, and then sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, where the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate synchronization errors between multiple carriers length of time.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, and the radio frequency capability information is used to instruct the first communication device to execute a transceiver The length of time for switching, and for indicating whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
  • the first communication device further includes: a receiver, wherein the receiver is configured to receive second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the first The second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, where the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, and the first Two scheduling parameters are used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameters are used to indicate the first communication device to listen to and then talk about LBT parameters; the processor also uses Determining the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, determining whether to perform transceiver switching in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determining the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
  • the processor also uses Determining the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, determining whether to perform transceiver switching in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determining the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
  • the first communication device further includes: a receiver, wherein the receiver is configured to receive third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the first Three scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters; the processor is also used to determine that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameters; the processor Is also used to obtain the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
  • the sending time of the third data stored in the memory is later than the ending time of the first data.
  • the processor is further configured to control the radio frequency transmit power to be less than or equal to a preset transmit power threshold before the end time of the first data arrives.
  • the processor is further configured to acquire first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the The first data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data; the processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and , Determine the start time of the second data according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information TA.
  • the third data stored in the memory is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the third data The length is equal to the advance.
  • the component modules of the first communication device may also perform the steps described in the foregoing first aspect and various possible implementations. For details, see the foregoing description of the first aspect and various possible implementations. Instructions.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may include an entity such as a terminal device or a chip.
  • the communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store instructions; and the processor is used to Executing the instructions in the memory causes the communication device to execute the method according to any one of the aforementioned first aspects of China.
  • the present application provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, sending or processing data and/or information involved in the above method .
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, and may also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture to which a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flow block diagram of a method for applying a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application to a first communication device;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a transmission sequence of first data, second data, and third data provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in a scenario of multiple non-synchronized carrier transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal-based implementation of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in advance in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application for a terminal to switch a transceiver in advance;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of data filling in a transmission symbol in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method based on a terminal implementation provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 11 is a schematic diagram of using an unscheduled symbol for early transmission and reception switching according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of determining an unscheduled downlink symbol provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application in which a terminal switches a transceiver in advance;
  • 14-a is a schematic structural diagram of a composition of a first communication device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 14-b is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 14-c is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the length of an interval and reduce the risk of losing a channel.
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • TDMA time division multiple access
  • FDMA frequency division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • NOMA non-orthogonal multiple access
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • CDMA systems can implement wireless technologies such as universal wireless terrestrial access (UTRA), CDMA2000, and so on.
  • UTRA may include wideband CDMA (Wideband CDMA, WCDMA) technology and other CDMA variant technologies.
  • CDMA2000 can cover interim standard (IS) 2000 (IS-2000), IS-95 and IS-856 standards.
  • the TDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as global system for mobile (GSM).
  • GSM global system for mobile
  • OFDMA system can realize such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved UTRA, E-UTRA), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash OFDMA And other wireless technologies.
  • UTRA and E-UTRA are UMTS and UMTS evolved versions.
  • 3GPP's long-term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution are new versions of UMTS that use E-UTRA.
  • the fifth generation (5 Generation) communication system, the sixth generation (6 Generation) communication system, and the new radio (NR) are the next generation communication systems under study.
  • the communication system may also be applicable to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. With the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the communication system includes at least: a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device.
  • the transmission between the network equipment and the terminal equipment can be transmitted through radio waves, and can also be transmitted through visible light, laser, infrared, light quantum, power line, optical fiber, coaxial cable, copper wire, etc.
  • the first communication device may be a first terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a second terminal device
  • the two terminal devices communicate through the PC5 port, for example, the transmission between the first terminal device and the second terminal device Sidelink data.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible radio access network (RAN) according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the RAN may be a base station access system of a 2G network (that is, the RAN includes a base station and a base station controller), or may be a base station access system of a 3G network (that is, the RAN includes a base station and an RNC), or may be 4G A base station access system of the network (that is, the RAN includes an eNB and an RNC), or may be a base station access system of a 5G network.
  • the RAN includes one or more second communication devices, for example, the second communication device may be a network device.
  • the network device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function, or a chip provided in a device with a specific wireless transceiver function.
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: base stations (such as base stations BS, base stations NodeB, evolving base stations eNodeB or eNB, base stations gNodeB or gNB in fifth-generation 5G communication systems, base stations in future communication systems, and connection in WiFi systems Incoming node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node), etc.
  • the base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, etc.
  • the core network may support one or more technologies mentioned above or a future evolution network.
  • the base station may include one or more co-site or non-co-site transmission and reception points (transmission receiving points, TRP).
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may also be a server, a wearable device, or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the following uses a network device as a base station as an example.
  • the multiple network devices may be base stations of the same type or base stations of different types.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device, for example, the base station may communicate with the terminal devices 1-6, or may communicate with the terminal devices 1-6 through a relay station.
  • Terminal devices 1-6 can support communication with multiple base stations of different technologies, for example, the terminal device can support communication with base stations supporting LTE networks, can also support communication with base stations supporting 5G networks, and can also support base stations with LTE networks And the dual connection of the base station of 5G network.
  • the terminal is connected to the RAN node of the wireless network.
  • RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (eg, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • Terminal equipment 1-6 also known as user equipment (user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), terminal, etc., is a way to provide voice and/or A device with data connectivity, or a chip installed in the device, for example, a handheld device, an on-vehicle device, etc. with wireless connection permission.
  • terminal devices are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile Internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, enhanced Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote surgery, smart grid (smart) Wireless terminals in transportation, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a low-complexity terminal device and/or a terminal device in coverage enhancement A mode.
  • the base station and UE1 to UE6 form a communication system.
  • the base station sends one or more of system information, RAR messages, and paging messages to one or more of UE1 to UE6.
  • UE4 to UE6 also form a communication system.
  • UE5 can be implemented as the function of a base station.
  • UE5 can send one or more of system information, control information, and paging messages to UE4 and One or more UEs in UE6.
  • the first communication device may directly send uplink signals and data.
  • signals are generally terminated at the physical layer and do not bear data, such as uplink reference signals or pilot signals.
  • Data generally carries channels, such as control data carried on control channels, such as service data carried on data channels.
  • the first communication device needs to do a single LBT with a shorter time, that is, the first communication device needs to execute the LBT scheme 2 (cat2) to perform a random back-off.
  • the first communication device may need to do LBT for a longer time, that is, the first communication device needs to execute the LBT scheme 4 (cat4), and random backoff of the variable contention window.
  • COT channel occupation time
  • the uplink and downlink switching cannot be performed multiple times in a COT, which will affect the flexibility of system scheduling and cannot meet the requirements of low latency of services. If the interval time is less than 16us, although the first communication device does not need to do LBT, it is also possible that other neighboring cells or sending nodes of different systems obtain the sending authority and send signals on the same channel, which will cause uplink signals Mutual interference.
  • the interval time between the uplink and downlink conversion due to the existence of the interval time between the uplink and downlink conversion, if the interval is between 16us and 25us, there is a risk of losing the channel due to the need to do LBT.
  • the channel is occupied by other nodes, not only the first communication device The uplink signal or data cannot be transmitted, and even the second communication device cannot transmit the downlink signal or data.
  • the interval time is greater than 25us, the first communication device needs to do LBT for a longer time, which increases the risk of losing the channel.
  • the interval time is less than 16us, although LBT is not required, it is possible that the sending nodes of other neighboring cells or different systems obtain the sending authority and send signals on the same channel, which will cause mutual interference to upstream signals.
  • a schematic flow block diagram of a method for applying a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the application to a first communication device mainly includes the following steps:
  • the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data.
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transmission and reception interval.
  • the first data is sent by the second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device.
  • the communication system to which the embodiment of the present invention is applied includes at least a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be a terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a network device
  • the second communication device may send downlink data to the first communication device, for example, the downlink data sent by the second communication device is the above-mentioned first data.
  • the first communication device may send uplink data to the second communication device, for example, the uplink data sent by the first communication device is the aforementioned second data to be sent.
  • the first communication device may be a first terminal device
  • the second communication device may be a second terminal device
  • the two terminal devices communicate through the PC5 port
  • the first data may be the second terminal device to the first terminal
  • the first side link data sent by the device, and the second data may be second side link data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
  • the data transmitted between the first communication device and the second communication device may be transceiver channel data, and may also include various signals.
  • the transceiver channel data may include data channel data and control.
  • the channel data for example, the signal may be a sounding reference signal (SRS), a channel state information reference signal (channel State information-reference signals (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), etc.).
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the second communication device when performing data scheduling, may indicate the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data to the first communication device in advance.
  • the end time of the first data refers to the time when the first data will be transmitted during downlink transmission
  • the second data refers to the upstream data to be sent
  • the start time of the second data refers to the second communication device When the second data is scheduled for uplink transmission, when to start transmission.
  • the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, including:
  • the first communication device acquires first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, and the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data;
  • the first communication device determines the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and,
  • the first communication device determines the start time of the second data according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information (TA).
  • TA timing advance information
  • the second communication device sends first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information to the first communication device.
  • the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data
  • the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data.
  • the first communication device first determines the time corresponding to the time slot (or symbol) boundary of the second communication device according to the synchronization signal, and the first scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the first data and the symbol occupied by the first data Number
  • the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information may include the time corresponding to the above-mentioned time slot (or symbol) boundary, the starting time slot (or symbol), and the number of symbols occupied by the data, according to the time domain information Indicate the end time for determining the first data.
  • the first transceiver interval S1-S0.
  • the first communication device determines the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, where the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, and the third data is filled in by the first communication device.
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval.
  • the first communication device determines an advance in advance
  • the advance is determined by the time unit information transmitting the first data
  • the time unit may be one symbol or multiple symbols, or the time unit may be a time slot or several Time slots, etc.
  • the time unit for transmitting the first data refers to the symbol or time slot used to transmit the first data.
  • the time unit information for transmitting the first data can be used to determine the advance amount in advance, and after obtaining the advance amount, subtract the advance amount based on the start time of the second data to be the sending time of the third data, that is, the third data needs Sent before the start time of the second data, the third data is the data that the first communication device fills in front of the second data.
  • the time obtained by advancing an advance by the starting time of the second data is determined as the sending time of the third data.
  • the advancement can be measured by the length of time or the number of data samples, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic diagram of a transmission sequence of first data, second data, and third data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transmission and reception interval
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the transmission time of the third data is the second transmission and reception interval
  • the second transceiver interval is shortened by an advance amount compared to the first transceiver interval
  • the second transceiver interval is smaller than the first transceiver interval, that is, the interval for switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than that from receiving the first
  • the data switching is the interval time for sending the second data, which reduces the length of the interval time for uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of the system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • the first communication device may perform transceiver switching in advance.
  • the first communication device may include a radio frequency transceiver module, and the radio frequency transceiver module may be used for uplink and downlink conversion of radio frequency devices.
  • the transceiver can be switched only when the downlink data transmission ends.
  • the transceiver can be switched without waiting for the downlink data transmission to end, that is, when the downlink data has not been received, the transceiver has already started. Switch.
  • the transceiver switching is performed in advance based on the end time of the downlink data, and the foregoing advancement amount may be used to indicate the advance time length for the transceiver switching in advance.
  • the advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the transceiver switch in advance.
  • the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the second data. After the start time, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:
  • the first communication device determines the start time of the transceiver switching according to the end time and advance of the first data
  • the first communication device switches the transceiver at the start of the switch of the transceiver
  • the subsequent step 203 is triggered: the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second communication to the second communication at the starting time of the second data The device sends the second data.
  • the advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the switch of the transceiver in advance.
  • the transceiver is advanced in advance based on the advance amount based on the end time of the first data.
  • the starting time that is advanced on the basis of the end time of the first data is determined as the starting time for the switch of the transceiver.
  • the first communication device performs transceiver switching at the starting moment of transceiver switching, that is, the embodiment of the application implements transceiver switching in advance relative to the prior art, where the transceiver switching may also be referred to as radio frequency transceiver switching In this embodiment of the present application, transceiver switching is used as an example.
  • the length of time required for switching of the transceiver can be determined according to the data transmission protocol between the first communication device and the second communication device, for example, the transceiver The length of time required for switching is not greater than 13us.
  • the subsequent step 203 can be triggered to execute the first communication device to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data Send the second data.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • the first communication device determines whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-receive switching condition according to the first transceiver interval and the cyclic prefix (CP) length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • the first communication device may also preset a pre-transmit/receive switching condition, and the pre-transmit/receive switching condition is a judgment condition for whether the transceiver can be switched in advance.
  • the first communication device after setting the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, the first communication device obtains the first transceiving interval and the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data, and determines the CP length according to the first transceiving interval and the CP length. Whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are met.
  • the early transmission and reception switching condition may include a threshold.
  • the difference between the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length is less than the threshold, it may be determined that the first communication device meets the early transmission and reception switching condition. If the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length The obtained difference value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and it can be determined that the first communication device does not satisfy the pre-transmit and receive switching condition.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device determines the advance amount according to the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device acquires the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data;
  • the first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information.
  • the subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the first data obtained by the first communication device is a frequency value
  • the CP type information of the last time unit of the first data transmitted by the first communication device may include: Regular cyclic prefix (normal cyclic prefix) and extended cyclic prefix (extended cyclic prefix), where the length of the regular cyclic prefix is 4.7us and the length of the extended cyclic prefix is 16.67us.
  • the first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information. The following is an example.
  • the first communication device can calculate the CP value of the symbol and the CP type and the CP length of the last symbol. If the current parameters are used, the number or time of the CP data samples can be calculated as shown in Table 1 below. Show.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • the first communication device determines a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data;
  • the first communication device determines the advance according to a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device.
  • the second communication device Before the second communication device sends the first data, the second communication device sends the first scheduling information to the first communication device, and the second communication device sends the first data to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information.
  • the first communication device determines the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information.
  • the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device refers to that no longer communicates with the first communication at the end of the time unit transmitting the first data
  • the time unit in which the device sends data for example, no more data is sent to the first communication device at the end within the last symbol that sent the first data.
  • the first communication device determines the advancement according to the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, for example, the advancement in step 202 may not be greater than the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first communication device may advance according to the advancement Transceiver switching is performed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device includes at least one of the following time units:
  • time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device There is no time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device, a time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device.
  • the failure to schedule data to the first communication device refers to the fact that the second communication device does not send data to the first communication device.
  • the following is an example.
  • the downlink time slot adjacent to the uplink time slot there are 14 symbols in total, numbered 0 To 13.
  • the downlink scheduling information indicates that numbers 0-10 have data scheduled to the first communication device, but symbols 11-13 are not scheduled to the first communication device, it is considered that there are a total of 4 symbols that have not been scheduled.
  • the 4 symbols that schedule data to the first communication device can be used to determine the advance.
  • the time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received refers to the time unit for the first communication device to repeatedly receive data. An example is described below. If the first communication device receives broadcast signal scheduling information, the broadcast signal is periodic.
  • Sent for the first communication device, this transmission may not be received. These broadcast signals may be regarded as unscheduled signals.
  • the time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received can be used to determine the advance.
  • the data scheduled for the first communication device is retransmission data, the data carried by the last symbol or symbols of these retransmission data, the first communication device has decoded correctly in the previous transmission process, and no more Receiving these data, these retransmitted data can be regarded as unscheduled signals, and the time unit for scheduling the data that the first communication device has received can be used to determine the advance.
  • the time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices except the first communication device means that the time unit is not used for scheduling to the first communication device, but is used for scheduling data to other communication devices, then the time unit is still unscheduled
  • the time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device may be used to determine the advance.
  • the second communication device may schedule data to other communication devices except the first communication device, so the first communication The device no longer needs to receive this data.
  • the end time of the first data is the end time of the data actually scheduled by the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may send the first data to the first communication device by using a single carrier or by using multiple carrier aggregation.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes:
  • the first communication device switches the transceiver at the end of the first data
  • the first communication device sends third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data .
  • the first communication device starts switching of the transceiver at the end time of the first data.
  • the end time of the switching of the transceiver is the sending time of the third data, and the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then sends the third data to the second The communication device sends the second data.
  • the transceiver interval can be reduced to the time when the RF transceiver hardware switches (such as 13us).
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a single carrier scenario or multiple synchronized carrier scenarios, where multiple synchronized carriers can be the same network Carrier under standard system.
  • the first communication device uses the same set of receivers to receive carrier 1 and carrier 2 signals and data. From the perspective of the first communication device, carrier 1 and carrier 2 are completely synchronized, that is, the transmission and reception switching point of carrier 1 and the transmission and reception switching point of carrier 2 are the same.
  • the transceiver switching is started. After the transceiver switching is completed, the third data can be sent, and the interval between uplink and downlink switching can be transmitted. The time is reduced to the time when the transceiver is switched, thereby effectively reducing the interval time between uplink and downlink switching.
  • steps F1 to F2 can still be combined with the aforementioned embodiments of steps A1 to A3, and the interval time between uplink and downlink switching can be further reduced to reduce the risk of channel loss.
  • the data transmission method when the first data is transmitted through multiple asynchronous carriers, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes:
  • the first communication device switches the transceiver at the moment when the transmission of the first data ends at the latest
  • the first communication device sends third data to the second communication device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data .
  • steps F3 to F4 when there is an error in downlink synchronization between multiple carriers, it is necessary to wait for the latest carrier to receive the first data before switching the transceiver.
  • FIG. 4 a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in a scenario of multiple asynchronous carrier transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device uses the same set of receivers to receive carrier 1 and carrier 2 signals and data.
  • the multiple non-synchronized carriers may be multiple carriers under the same network standard system, and the multiple non-synchronized carriers may also be carriers under different network standard systems, such as multiple non-synchronized carriers under the LTE system and the NR system.
  • carrier 1 and carrier 2 are not synchronized, that is, there is a synchronization error, for example, the synchronization error is d microseconds, that is, the time that carrier 2 lags carrier 1 is d microseconds, in order to ensure the downlink data of carrier 2
  • the transceiver needs to switch at the end of the downlink time slot of carrier 2 and cannot switch at the end of the downlink time slot of carrier 1.
  • the length of the uplink and downlink data interval is at least equal to the inter-carrier synchronization error d plus the transceiver switching time. If the synchronization error d is larger, the length of the uplink and downlink data interval is larger.
  • the synchronization error between different carriers First, the device accuracy of different carriers and the drift in temperature (timer error or oscillator offset) are different, resulting in an error in the transmission time. Second, different carrier signals have different paths, resulting in different multipath delays. If the value of the synchronization error d needs to be reduced, the device accuracy or algorithm accuracy of the base station or terminal needs to be improved, which will increase the cost of the base station or terminal, or increase the complexity of the base station or terminal.
  • steps F3 to F4 in the embodiments of the present application can be combined with the foregoing embodiments of steps A1 to A3, which can reduce the requirements on device accuracy or algorithm complexity, thereby reducing costs.
  • the current system is on multiple carriers, especially when the first communication device cannot ensure the signal reception synchronization, it is necessary to wait for the time synchronization to complete the reception of the first data of the last carrier before it can start the RF transceiver conversion, and its lag time depends on the carrier Timing error.
  • Using the transceiver switching in advance in the foregoing embodiments of the present application can better reduce the interval between uplink and downlink switching, reduce the risk of channel loss, and improve the efficiency of system data transmission.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device.
  • the radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports the transceiver in advance. Switch.
  • the first communication device In order to enable better scheduling and data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device, the first communication device also needs to interact with the second communication device, and the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device.
  • the radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
  • the first communication device reports the length of time the transceiver is switched. For example, to report the specific value of transceiver switching, you can use 4 bits of information to indicate the specific time of RF switching, in microseconds, or use 3 bits or 2 bits of information to indicate different carriers and basic transceiver switching
  • the first communication device may also report whether the first communication device supports early switching of the transceiver, the second communication device receives the radio frequency capability information, and if the first communication device supports early switching of the transceiver, the second communication The device may indicate whether the first communication device uses transceiver switching in advance.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate the length of the synchronization error between multiple carriers.
  • the first communication device may also report the synchronization error between multiple carriers to the second communication device, for example, the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information, and the multi-carrier error information may include: the synchronization error of each carrier.
  • the synchronization error of each carrier may include: carrier ID and timing error, as shown in Table 2 below:
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device receives second scheduling information sent by the second communication device.
  • the second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, the first scheduling The parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameter is used to indicate the first communication device to listen before speaking talk, LBT) parameters;
  • the first communication device determines the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, determines whether to switch the transceiver in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determines the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
  • the second communication device sends second scheduling information to the first communication device.
  • the second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, and the first scheduling parameter It is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameter is used to indicate the LBT parameter of the first communication device. For example, as follows, when the second communication device schedules the first communication device to send the second data, it instructs the first communication device to do the LBT type and LBT access level parameters before sending the second data.
  • the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, which may be, for example, a time slot or a symbol position
  • the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs the interval
  • the third scheduling parameter can indicate the LBT access type. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 00, it means that there is no LBT, that is, it is sent directly. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 01, it means that it is LBTcat2, if the third scheduling parameter If the value is 10, it means to do LBT CAT4. If the third scheduling parameter is 11, it means reserved field.
  • the second communication device may generate a second scheduling parameter for indicating whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance.
  • the interval between line switching is greater than 16us, and (the interval between uplink and downlink switching-possible advance of the first communication device) ⁇ 16us, then the second communication device instructs the first communication device to switch the transceiver in advance. If the interval time between uplink and downlink switching is less than 16, the first communication device is not instructed to switch the transceiver in advance, and it is up to the first communication device to decide whether to perform the early switch.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device receives the third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameter;
  • the first communication device determines that the second communication device indicates that the first communication device acquires LBT parameters
  • the first communication device acquires LBT parameters according to the first transceiving interval or the second transceiving interval.
  • the second communication device may set the type of LBT to that the first communication device obtains the LBT parameters by itself, that is, the second communication device no longer sends A communication device indicates a specific LBT parameter, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the first communication device acquires the LBT parameter.
  • the first communication device determines that the type of LBT is determined by the first communication device itself.
  • the first communication device can calculate the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception intervals that can be achieved, and perform the corresponding LBT. For example, the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved is not greater than 16us, and the first communication device may directly transmit the uplink data at the scheduled time without performing LBT.
  • the first communication device may select LBTcat2. It should be noted that the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved here may be the time of the first transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device, or the time of the second transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device.
  • the sending time of the third data is later than the ending time of the first data.
  • the first communication device may limit the advance amount of the transceiver switching in advance, assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0, and the first communication device completes the transceiver switching time is S3 , Then S3 cannot be earlier than S0.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps:
  • the first communication device controls the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to the preset transmission power threshold.
  • the first communication device is performing transceiving After the switch of the message, it is necessary to control the power of the transmitted signal, assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0, and the terminal’s transmission power threshold is P0, for example, the transmission power threshold is the minimum transmission power P0.
  • the first communication device The transmit power of is not greater than P0 before S0.
  • the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data.
  • the first communication device before sending the second data according to the start time when the second communication device schedules the second data, the first communication device first sends the third data filled in the front end of the second data, thereby reducing
  • the data switching is the length of the signal blank period in the interval between sending the second data, thereby shortening the interval between uplink and downlink switching to the second transceiver interval, thus ensuring the stability of the system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device copies a piece of data from the second data as the third data according to the advancement, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement;
  • the first communication device adds the third data to the front end of the CP header of the first time unit that transmits the second data to obtain the second data added with the third data.
  • the second data is uplink data to be sent, and a piece of data is copied from the second data as the third data, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement.
  • a CP technology can be introduced into the communication system, that is, a CP header can be added to the first time unit for transmitting the second data.
  • the CP header can be from the second A piece of data copied from the end of the data.
  • the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data.
  • the copied third data can form a new CP with the original CP of the second data.
  • the third data in the embodiment of the present application may be the third data.
  • the copied third data can be added to the front end of the CP header, so that the second data added with the third data can be obtained, and finally the first communication device sends the third data at the sending moment of the third data, and then the second data The second data is sent at the beginning of the data.
  • the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
  • the first communication device adds third data to the front of the CP header of the first time unit that transmits the second data.
  • the third data is a random number or a reference signal.
  • the first communication device may add third data to the front of the CP header of the first time unit transmitting the second data, and the third data generated by the first communication device may be a random number or a reference signal .
  • the first communication device expands the subcarrier interval, for example, from 15KHz to 60KHz, so that the average symbol length changes from 71.4us to 17.86us, and the reference signal can be sent before the second data is sent.
  • the signal enables the receiving end to increase the resources for channel estimation, makes the channel estimation result more accurate, and helps improve the receiving performance of the receiving end.
  • the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data.
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is In the first transmission and reception interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the third data according to the start time and advance of the second data
  • the sending time, the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data
  • the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data
  • the time period is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval.
  • the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends The second communication device sends the second data.
  • the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application
  • the sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which starts transceiver switching in advance and sends uplink data after the switching is completed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic flowchart of a terminal-based implementation of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which mainly includes the following processes:
  • the terminal determines whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are satisfied.
  • the terminal can determine whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied.
  • FIG. 6 it is a schematic diagram of the transceiver switching in advance in the embodiment of the present application.
  • orthogonal frequency division multiplexing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) system introduces CP technology, CP1 is to copy the data at the end of the first data (ie, data 1) A copy is placed on the head of the first data.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • the terminal calculates the end time S0 of the first data according to the timing information.
  • the condition for the transceiver switching in advance can be set as: S1-S0> threshold 1, and (S1-S0-CP) ⁇ threshold 1, the S11 can be executed if this condition is met.
  • the threshold 1 25us
  • S1-S0 greater than the threshold 25us need to do LBTcat4 process
  • S1-S0 is less than the threshold 25us do not need to do LBTcat4 process, but only need to do LBTcat2.
  • the terminal determines the advance amount of the transceiver switching.
  • the terminal may determine the advancement according to the CP length of the last downlink symbol.
  • the terminal calculates the advance time point S2 at which the transceiver can be switched in advance.
  • the advance calculated in the following steps is d
  • the early switching start time point S2 S0-d.
  • the terminal calculates and switches the CP length of the adjacent downlink symbol according to the subcarrier interval value of the symbol and the CP type. If the current parameters are used, the number of CP points or the length of time can be calculated.
  • the calculation of the early switching time point will be explained.
  • the CP supplement principle that is, the position of the CP starting point and the data at the end of the symbol have the same area data. Confirm the number of samples with repeated (or similar) data sequences.
  • the sample points are the data that can be sent and received in advance. It should be noted that the calculation in this step needs to be calculated in advance, and the calculated early switching amount is less than the length of the CP.
  • steps S10 and S11 can be performed after receiving the base station scheduling command.
  • the terminal performs transceiver switching in advance according to the advance amount.
  • the terminal can send and receive in advance according to the time point calculated in advance.
  • the transceiver may include: a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, an antenna switch module, and an antenna.
  • the baseband chip is used for baseband processing.
  • the baseband chip may include: a transceiver timing calculation module, and the radio frequency chip may include: a digital-to-analog conversion module, an amplifier, a filter, a mixer, an amplifier, and a filter.
  • the baseband chip controls the radio frequency channel of the radio frequency chip to open at S2, the baseband chip sends an antenna transceiver control command to the antenna transceiver module, and the antenna transceiver module starts antenna transceiver switching at S2.
  • the terminal instructs the radio frequency to switch between sending and receiving according to the indicated time point by controlling the antenna switch module and the radio frequency channel according to the calculation of the new sending and receiving switching time point.
  • the original transmission and reception switching position is the last bit S0 of the downlink symbol
  • the advance amount calculated in the above steps is d
  • the early switching start time point S2 S0-d
  • the antenna can start sending the third data (that is, CP2) from time S3, and then send the second data data after the third data is sent, where the third data can be data copied from the tail of the second data 2.
  • the terminal compensates for the downlink data lost due to the transmission and reception switching performed in advance.
  • the terminal can use the CP information of the lost downlink symbol data to supplement the lost downlink data.
  • the terminal sends the third data according to the advance amount, and then sends the second data.
  • the third data sent by the terminal is CP2 composed of data 2 in FIG. 6.
  • the terminal needs to perform data filling and transmission in the early switching time period d.
  • the terminal After the radio frequency completes the transmission and reception switching, within the period from the completion of the switching to the transmission of the uplink symbol, the terminal transmits a signal, and the transmitted signal is third data, which may be data 2 copied from the end of the second data.
  • the third data can be used as the CP header of the second data, and the third data can also be obtained by padding with random numbers.
  • FIG. 8 it is a schematic diagram of data filling in sending symbols in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the original OFDM data is:
  • X(N) x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
  • the data after adding CP is:
  • X(N+CP) x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1);
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic diagram of supplemented complete data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Assume that at the sending end, the original OFDM data is:
  • X(N) x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
  • the data after the sending end adds the CP is:
  • X(N+CP) x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2)...X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),...,X(N-1);
  • the terminal can obtain the following OFMD data:
  • X(N) x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
  • X(N+CP-d) x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1) , x(2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1-CP).
  • X(N+CP) x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2)...X(N-1-CP), x(N-CP), x(N- CP+1), x(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1).
  • X(N) x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2)...X(N- 1).
  • the terminal sends the third data first and then the second data according to the advance amount, where the third data may be: intercepting the tail data of part of the second data to be sent, or padding random numbers , Or reference signal.
  • the filling method of copying data from the tail of the second data according to the embodiment of the present application has stronger anti-multipath delay capability and less impact on other terminals.
  • the third data is a reference signal, it can play a role in assisting channel estimation or energy statistics to improve demodulation performance.
  • the receiving end can also directly use zero-filling or random-number supplementing to demodulate data, thereby simplifying the data demodulation process.
  • the subcarrier interval can also be expanded, for example, originally 15KHz to 60KHz, so that the average symbol length changes from 71.4us to 17.86us, and reference signals can be sent on the relevant symbols , Increase the resources for channel estimation, the result of channel estimation is more accurate, which helps to improve the receiving performance of the receiving end.
  • the reference signal has a broader meaning.
  • a wake-up signal and a pilot signal it can also be used for signal strength measurement. For example, a wake-up signal is sent to allow the receiving end to start the data receiving process. The wake-up signal is used to wake the receiving end to start receiving and processing data, and the pilot signal is used to perform channel estimation at the receiving end.
  • the embodiments of the present application use the CP feature to switch transceivers in advance to reduce the value of the signal interval between downlink and uplink.
  • the longest time for early switching can be the length of the CP, so that the longer the CP, the more obvious the gain.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic flowchart of another terminal data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application based on a terminal, mainly including the following processes:
  • S20 The terminal calculates the number of unscheduled downlink symbols at the end of the downlink time slot.
  • the terminal confirms the position and number of symbols to be received according to the downlink scheduling control information.
  • the unscheduled symbols can be determined from the last symbol of the downlink time slot. When there is a continuous symbol at the last bit of the downlink time slot that is not scheduled, it can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol.
  • FIG. 11 it is a schematic diagram of using an unscheduled symbol for early transmission and reception switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the switching point performs the transceiver switching in advance at the last downlink symbol, for example, the switching time point is S2, and the switching end time point is S3.
  • the interval time after early switching is greatly shortened.
  • the receiving end receives scheduling information and uplink and downlink time slot matching information.
  • the receiving end receives the downlink scheduling information sent by the base station.
  • the scheduling information may be scheduling information sent by the control channel, or semi-static scheduling information configured by high-level signaling.
  • the downlink scheduling information includes the following contents: scheduling slot information, data start symbol position and data end symbol position.
  • the scheduling time slot information may indicate in which time slot the scheduling data is scheduled
  • the data start symbol position indicates the scheduling data start symbol
  • the data end symbol position indicates the scheduling data end symbol position.
  • the receiving end receives uplink and downlink time slot matching information sent by the base station, and the information includes which subframes/slots are configured as downlink and which subframes/slots are configured as uplink. Then the receiving end judges whether there is an unscheduled downlink symbol at the end of the downlink symbol. Assume that in the uplink and downlink matching information, the slot number closest to the uplink and downlink time slots or symbols is n1, and the last downlink symbol is the symbol L1. Assume that in the downlink scheduling received by the terminal, if there is no corresponding scheduling data on the L1 symbol in the n1 time slot, the symbol L1 can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol.
  • the symbol L1-1 can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol, and so on, and it can be judged whether there are more downlink scheduled symbols .
  • FIG. 12 it is a schematic diagram of determining an unscheduled downlink symbol provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • One slot contains 14 symbols, 10 of the 14 symbols are downlink symbols, and 4 are uplink symbols.
  • 0-9 symbols are downlink symbols, but in Among the three symbols of 7, 8, and 9, there is no data scheduled for the terminal. Therefore, the symbols of 7, 8, and 9 can be regarded as unscheduled symbols and can be used for transceiver switching.
  • the terminal may not receive the transmission for this time, and these symbol terminals can be regarded as unscheduled signal. If the terminal judges that the currently received signal quality is good, even if the last one or two scheduling symbols are not received, it will not affect the user experience. The terminal may also treat the last signals as unscheduled symbols.
  • the terminal determines whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied.
  • the terminal judges whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied.
  • the terminal calculates the end time S0 of the downlink symbol according to the timing information.
  • S1-S0>threshold 1 and (S1-S0-number of unscheduled symbols) ⁇ threshold 1 S22 is executed.
  • the terminal performs transceiver switching in advance according to the advance amount.
  • the terminal can use the unscheduled symbol to switch the transceiver in advance, for example, the terminal analyzes the downlink scheduling information, and if there is no data to be received on the last symbol of the downlink, the transceiver switch is performed in advance.
  • the terminal first sends the third data according to the advance, and then sends the second data.
  • the antenna can start sending the third data from time S3, and after the third data is sent, the second data is sent at the start time of the second data.
  • the embodiment of the present application can limit the time for the transceiver switching in advance. Assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0 and the terminal completes the transmission and reception switching time is S3, S3 cannot be earlier than S0.
  • the terminal transmission power is at S0 It was not greater than P0 before.
  • the transceiver may include: a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, an antenna switch module, and an antenna.
  • the baseband chip is used for baseband processing.
  • the baseband chip may include: a transceiver timing calculation module and an unscheduled symbol calculation module, and the radio frequency chip may include: a digital-to-analog conversion module, an amplifier, a filter, a mixer, an amplifier, and a filter.
  • the unscheduled symbol calculation module first determines the unscheduled symbol, the baseband chip controls the radio frequency channel of the radio frequency chip to open at S2, the baseband chip sends an antenna transceiver control command to the antenna transceiver module, and the antenna transceiver module starts antenna transceiver switching at S2.
  • the unscheduled symbol time is used to switch the transceiver in advance, thereby reducing the interval time between uplink and downlink switching.
  • the terminal may also receive data from one system and switch to another system to send data. Due to the impact of the switching time, the reception performance is reduced, and the switching may be reduced in the embodiment of the present application time.
  • the switching time can be reduced.
  • the UU port from the base station to the terminal based on the NR system and the PC5 port between the terminal and the terminal. There is a time-division switching scenario, and the switching time can be reduced in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device is specifically a first communication device 1400, and the first communication device 1400 includes: a processor 1401, a memory 1402, and a transmitter 1403;
  • the processor 1401 is configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first In the sending and receiving interval, the first data is sent by a second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device;
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, wherein the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data ,
  • the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second A transceiver interval, and the second transceiver interval is smaller than the first transceiver interval;
  • the memory 1402 is used to store data and instructions of the transmitter 1403 and the processor 1401;
  • the transmitter 1403 is configured to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then send to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data The second data.
  • the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
  • the advance amount is used to indicate the advance time length of the transceiver switching in advance
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the start of the switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data time;
  • the processor 1401 is also used to control the radio frequency transceiver module to perform transceiver switching at the starting moment of the transceiver switching;
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to control the transmitter 1403 to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending moment of the third data after the switching of the transceiver is completed, and then The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the processor 1401 is further used to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, according to the first transceiver interval and the transmission of the first data
  • the cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit determines whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to: according to the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data when the first communication device satisfies the pre-receive switching condition Determine the advance.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to acquire the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data; according to the first The subcarrier interval of the data and the CP type information determine the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the unscheduled according to the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data For the time unit of the first communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; the advance amount is determined according to the time unit not scheduled for the first communication device.
  • the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device and stored in the memory 1402 includes at least one of the following time units:
  • time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device There is no time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device, a time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device.
  • the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the end time of the first data when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronous carriers; when the When the transceiver switching ends, the transmitter 1403 is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data at the end time of the transceiver switching, and then send The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver when the first data transmission ends at the latest when the first data is transmitted through multiple asynchronous carriers;
  • the transmitter 1403 is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data at the end time of the transceiver switching, and then send Sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  • the transmitter 1403 is further configured to send multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate a synchronization error time length between multiple carriers .
  • the transmitter 1403 is further configured to send radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, where the radio frequency capability information is used to instruct the first communication device to perform transceiver switching The length of time, and used to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
  • the first communication device 1400 further includes: a receiver 1405, where,
  • the receiver 1405 is configured to receive second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third A scheduling parameter, the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate a starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling The parameter is used to instruct the first communication device to listen to and then speak the LBT parameter;
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, and determine whether to perform transceiver switching in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and according to the third Scheduling parameters determine the LBT parameters.
  • the first communication device 1400 further includes: a receiver 1405, where,
  • the receiver 1405 is configured to receive third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters;
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine that the second communication device indicates that the first communication device obtains LBT parameters
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to obtain the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
  • the sending time of the third data stored in the memory 1402 is later than the ending time of the first data.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to a preset transmission power threshold before the end time of the first data arrives.
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to acquire first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first Data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data;
  • the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and, according to the time domain information indication and preset timing of the fourth scheduling information
  • the advance information TA determines the start time of the second data.
  • the third data stored in the memory 1402 is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to The advance.
  • the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data.
  • the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is In the first transmission and reception interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the third data according to the start time and advance of the second data
  • the sending time, the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data
  • the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data
  • the time period is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval.
  • the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends The second communication device sends the second data.
  • the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application
  • the sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program executes some or all of the steps described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the first communication device 1500 includes:
  • the receiver 1501, the transmitter 1502, the processor 1503, and the memory 1504 (wherein the number of the processor 1503 in the first communication device 1500 may be one or more, and one processor is taken as an example in FIG. 15).
  • the receiver 1501, the transmitter 1502, the processor 1503, and the memory 1504 may be connected by a bus or other means, and FIG. 15 takes the connection by a bus as an example.
  • the memory 1504 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor 1503. A part of the memory 1504 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (non-volatile random access memory, NVRAM).
  • the memory 1504 stores an operating system and operation instructions, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof, where the operation instructions may include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
  • the operating system may include various system programs for implementing various basic services and processing hardware-based tasks.
  • the processor 1503 controls the operation of the first communication device.
  • the processor 1503 may also be referred to as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
  • CPU central processing unit
  • each component of the first communication device is coupled together through a bus system, where the bus system may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus, in addition to a data bus.
  • bus system may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus, in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are called bus systems in the figure.
  • the method disclosed in the above embodiments of the present application may be applied to the processor 1503 or implemented by the processor 1503.
  • the processor 1503 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1503 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the processor 1503 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware decoding processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module may be located in a mature storage medium in the art, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, and registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1504.
  • the processor 1503 reads the information in the memory 1504 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with the hardware.
  • the receiver 1501 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate signal input related to the settings and function control of the first communication device.
  • the transmitter 1502 can include a display device such as a display screen, and the transmitter 1502 can be used to connect through an external interface Output number or character information.
  • the processor 1503 is configured to execute the foregoing data transmission method implemented by the first communication device.
  • the chip when the first communication device is a chip in the terminal, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, input/output Interfaces, pins or circuits, etc.
  • the processing unit can execute the computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the chip in the terminal executes the wireless communication method of any one of the first aspect.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal outside the chip, such as a read-only memory (read -only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the above data transmission method.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic, wherein the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be The physical unit can be located in one place or can be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection between them, which may be specifically implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines.
  • the technical solution of the present application can essentially be embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the existing technology, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk , U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform the methods described in various embodiments of the present application .
  • a computer device which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmit to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • wired such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)
  • wireless such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device including a server, a data center, and the like integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, Solid State Disk (SSD)), or the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A data transmission method and a communication device. The method comprises: a first communication device determining an end time of first data and a start time of second data, a time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data being a first receiving and transmitting interval, the first data being transmitted by a second communication device, and the second data being data to be transmitted by the first communication device; the first communication device determining the transmission time of third data according to a start time and an advance amount of the second data, the advance amount being determined according to time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data being data filled in at a front end of the second data by the first communication device, a time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the transmission time of the third data being a second receiving and transmitting interval, and the second receiving and transmitting interval being smaller than the first receiving and transmitting interval; and the first communication device transmitting the third data to the second communication device at the transmission time of the third data, and then transmitting the second data to the second communication device at the start time of the second data.

Description

一种数据传输方法和通信设备Data transmission method and communication equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法和通信设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular, to a data transmission method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动带宽(mobile broadband,MBB)业务的发展,用户对无线网络带宽和吞吐率的需求越来越大。为了更好地利用免授权频谱资源,为终端用户提供更高的业务速率和更好的用户体验,在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统和新空口(new radio,NR)系统中引入了基于非授权(un-licensed)频谱的接入技术。With the development of mobile broadband (MBB) services, users are increasingly demanding wireless network bandwidth and throughput. In order to make better use of unlicensed spectrum resources and provide end users with higher service rates and better user experience, long-term evolution (LTE) systems and new radio (NR) systems have been introduced Access technology based on unlicensed spectrum.
相对于授权(licensed)频谱的独占特性,非授权频谱具有共享的性质,即只要符合一定法规的接入节点,都可以使用该频谱进行数据的接收和发送,该接入节点可以包括:基站和用户设备(user equipment,UE)。为了使得各个接入节点实现较好的共存,LTE系统、NR系统引入非授权频谱后,采用先听再说(listen before talk,LBT)的机制,也就是说任何接入节点在发送数据之前,需要对待发送的信道进行监听,只有该信道处于空闲状态时才能够进行数据发送,否则需要继续监听。Compared with the exclusive characteristics of licensed spectrum, unlicensed spectrum has a shared nature, that is, as long as access nodes that meet certain regulations can use the spectrum to receive and send data, the access node can include: base stations and User equipment (user equipment, UE). In order to achieve better coexistence of each access node, after introducing unlicensed spectrum in the LTE system and NR system, a listen before talk (LBT) mechanism is adopted, which means that any access node needs to send data before sending it. To monitor the channel to be sent, only when the channel is idle can data be sent, otherwise it is necessary to continue monitoring.
当前LBT成功后,基站获取一个信道占用时间(channel occupancy time,COT),可以在该时间段内发送基站到终端的下行数据,同时也可以发送指令给UE,使得UE可以使用该COT对应的时频资源发送上行数据。虽然基站能够将获得的COT对应的时频资源通知给UE,但UE从收到通知信令到UE进行上行数据的发送,这中间会有一个间隔(gap)时间。After the current LBT is successful, the base station obtains a channel occupation time (COT), which can send downlink data from the base station to the terminal within this time period, and can also send instructions to the UE so that the UE can use the time corresponding to the COT Frequency resources to send uplink data. Although the base station can notify the UE of the obtained time-frequency resources corresponding to the COT, there is a gap time between the UE receiving the notification signaling and the UE transmitting the uplink data.
在上述间隔时间内属于信号空白期,即基站和UE都没有发送信号。若间隔时间的长度设置过大,增加了丢失信道的风险,从而造成系统通信的稳定性不够,同时使得数据调度的可预期性减少。另外,在间隔时间内也有可能其他相邻小区或者异系统的发送节点获取发送数据的权限,在相同的信道上发送信号,这也会造成对上行信号的相互干扰。During the above interval, it belongs to the signal blank period, that is, neither the base station nor the UE sends a signal. If the length of the interval is set too large, the risk of losing the channel is increased, which results in insufficient stability of the system communication and reduces the predictability of data scheduling. In addition, in the interval time, it is also possible that other neighboring cells or sending nodes of different systems obtain the right to send data and send signals on the same channel, which will also cause mutual interference to upstream signals.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法和通信设备,用于减少间隔时间的长度,减少丢失信道的风险,减小可能产生的信道干扰。Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the length of an interval time, reduce the risk of losing a channel, and reduce possible channel interference.
为解决上述技术问题,本申请实施例提供以下技术方案:To solve the above technical problems, the embodiments of the present application provide the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,包括:第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二数据的起始时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,所述第一数据由第二通信设备发送,所述第二数据为所述第一通信设备的待发送数据;所述第一通信设备根据所述第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,其中,所述提前量根据传输所述第一数据的时间单元信息确定,所述第三数据为所述第一通信设备填充在所述第二数据的前端的数据,所述第三数据的发送时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且所述第二收发间隔小于所述第一收发间隔;所述第一通信设备在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二 数据。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, including: a first communication device determines an end time of first data and a start time of second data, and the start time of the second data minus the The time period obtained at the end of the first data is the first sending and receiving interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, and the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device; the first communication The device determines the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, where the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, and the third data is the first A communication device fills the data at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending moment of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval Less than the first transceiver interval; the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the third data to the station at the starting time of the second data The second communication device sends the second data.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备首先确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,第二数据的起始时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,第一数据由第二通信设备发送,第二数据为第一通信设备的待发送数据,第一通信设备接下来根据第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,提前量根据传输第一数据的时间单元信息确定,第三数据为第一通信设备填充在第二数据的前端的数据,第三数据的发送时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。本申请实施例中基于第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定出了第三数据的发送时刻,从而使得在第二数据的起始时刻之前先发送第三数据,本申请实施例中第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,即从接收第一数据切换为发送第三数据的间隔时间小于从接收第一数据切换为发送第二数据的间隔时间,减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。In the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first Interval of receiving and sending, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the sending time of the third data according to the starting time and the advance of the second data The advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data Is the second transceiving interval, and the second transceiving interval is smaller than the first transceiving interval, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending moment of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second at the starting moment of the second data The communication device sends the second data. In the embodiment of the present application, the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application The sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述提前量用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度;所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备根据所述第一数据的结束时刻和所述提前量确定所述收发信机切换的起始时刻;所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束之后,触发执行如下步骤:所述第一通信设备在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。其中,提前量可以用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度,第一通信设备获取到提前量之后,在第一数据的结束时刻的基础上按照提前量确定向前提前进行收发信机切换,将在第一数据的结束时刻的基础上向前提前后的起始时刻确定为收发信机切换的起始时刻。第一通信设备在收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换,即申请实施例相对于现有技术实现了提前进行收发信机切换。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the advancement amount is used to indicate the advancement time length of the transceiver switching in advance; the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start of the second data After the time, the method further includes: the first communication device determining the start time of switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount; Transceiver switching is performed at the starting moment of transceiver switching; when the transceiver switching is completed, the following steps are triggered to be executed: the first communication device sends the second communication to the second communication at the sending moment of the third data The device sends the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data. The advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the switch of the transceiver in advance. After the first communication device obtains the advance amount, the transceiver is advanced in advance based on the advance amount based on the end time of the first data. For the handover, the starting time that is advanced on the basis of the end time of the first data is determined as the starting time for the switch of the transceiver. The first communication device performs transceiver switching at the starting moment of transceiver switching, that is, the embodiment of the application implements transceiver switching in advance relative to the prior art.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备根据所述第一收发间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀CP长度信息确定所述第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。其中,本申请实施例中第一通信设备还可以预先设置提前收发切换条件,该提前收发切换条件为是否能够提前进行收发信机切换的判断条件。本发明实施例可以设置提前收发切换条件之后,第一通信设备获取到第一收发间隔,以及获取到传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息,根据第一收发间隔和该CP长度确定是否满足提前收发切换条件。例如提前收发切换条件可以包括一个阈值,若第一收发间隔减去该CP长度得到的差值小于该阈值,可以确定第一通信设备满足提前收发切换条件,若第一收发间隔减去该CP长度得到的差值大于或等于该阈值,可以确定第一通信设备不满足提前收发切换条件。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, the method further includes: the first communication device according to the The first transceiver interval and the cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data determine whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition. Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may also preset a pre-transmit/receive switching condition, and the pre-transmit/receive switching condition is a judgment condition for whether the transceiver can be switched in advance. In the embodiment of the present invention, after setting the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, the first communication device obtains the first transceiving interval and the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data, and determines the CP length according to the first transceiving interval Whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are met. For example, the early transmission and reception switching condition may include a threshold. If the difference between the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length is less than the threshold, it may be determined that the first communication device meets the early transmission and reception switching condition. If the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length The obtained difference value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and it can be determined that the first communication device does not satisfy the pre-transmit and receive switching condition.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当所述第一通信设备满足所述提前收发切换条件时,所述第一通信设备根据传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定所述提前量。其中,当第一通信设备满足提前收发切换条件时,提前量可以 根据传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度来确定,举例说明如下,第一通信设备可以将提前量d设置成d=CP长度,或者d=3/4CP长度,或者d=1/2的CP长度。只要能够满足提前收发切换条件,第一通信设备可以根据具体场景来确定提前量与CP长度的关系。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: when the first communication device satisfies the early transmit-receive switching condition, the first communication device transmits the first data according to the last The CP length information of the time unit determines the advance amount. Wherein, when the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, the advancement amount can be determined according to the CP length of the last time unit transmitting the first data. For example, the first communication device can set the advancement amount d to d= CP length, or d=3/4CP length, or d=1/2 CP length. As long as the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions can be met, the first communication device may determine the relationship between the advance amount and the CP length according to specific scenarios.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备获取所述第一数据的子载波间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息;所述第一通信设备根据所述第一数据的子载波间隔和所述CP类型信息确定传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。其中,第一通信设备获取到的第一数据的子载波间隔是一个频率值,第一通信设备获取到的传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息可以包括:常规循环前缀和扩展循环前缀,其中,常规循环前缀长度4.7us,扩展循环前缀长度16.67us。第一通信设备根据第一数据的子载波间隔和CP类型信息确定传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first communication device acquiring the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data The first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information. The subcarrier interval of the first data acquired by the first communication device is a frequency value, and the CP type information of the last time unit acquired by the first communication device that transmits the first data may include: a conventional cyclic prefix and an extended cyclic Prefix, in which the regular cyclic prefix length is 4.7us, and the extended cyclic prefix length is 16.67us. The first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据;所述第一通信设备根据未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元确定所述提前量。其中,第二通信设备发送第一数据之前,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一调度信息,第二通信设备根据该第一调度信息向第一通信设备发送该第一数据。第一通信设备根据第一调度信息确定未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元指的是在传输第一数据的时间单元的末端不再向第一通信设备发送数据的时间单元,例如在发送第一数据的最后一个符号内的末端不再向第一通信设备发送数据。第一通信设备根据未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元确定提前量,例如步骤202中的提前量可以不大于未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,第一通信设备根据该提前量可以提前进行收发信机切换,从而减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, the method further includes: the first communication device according to the The first scheduling information configured by the second communication device determines a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; the first communication device is The time unit of the first communication device determines the advancement. Before the second communication device sends the first data, the second communication device sends the first scheduling information to the first communication device, and the second communication device sends the first data to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information. The first communication device determines the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information. The time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device refers to that no longer communicates with the first communication at the end of the time unit transmitting the first data The time unit in which the device sends data, for example, no more data is sent to the first communication device at the end within the last symbol that sent the first data. The first communication device determines the advancement according to the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, for example, the advancement in step 202 may not be greater than the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first communication device may advance according to the advancement Transceiver switching is performed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元包括如下时间单元的至少一种:没有向所述第一通信设备调度数据的时间单元、调度所述第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元、向除所述第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元。其中,没有向第一通信设备调度数据指的是第二通信设备没有向第一通信设备发送数据,调度第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元指的是第一通信设备重复接收数据的时间单元。向除第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元是指该时间单元没有用于向第一通信设备进行调度,但是用于向其它通信设备调度数据,则该时间单元仍然是未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,向除第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元可以用于确定出提前量。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device includes at least one of the following time units: a time unit that does not schedule data to the first communication device, scheduling A time unit of data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit of scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device. Among them, the failure to schedule data to the first communication device refers to that the second communication device does not send data to the first communication device, and the time unit to schedule data that the first communication device has received refers to the time at which the first communication device repeatedly receives data unit. The time unit for scheduling data to communication devices other than the first communication device means that the time unit is not used for scheduling to the first communication device, but for scheduling data to other communication devices, the time unit is still unscheduled For the time unit of the first communication device, the time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device may be used to determine the advance.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,当所述第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备在所述第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。第一通信设备在第一数据的结束时刻,启动收发信机切换。收发信机 切换的结束时刻即为第三数据的发送时刻,第一通信设备在收发信机切换的结束时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。这样可以将收发间隔减少到射频收发信机硬件切换的时间(如13us),可适用于一个载波的场景,或者多个同步载波场景,其中,多个同步载波可以是同一个网络制式系统下的载波。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers, the method further includes: the first communication device at the end time of the first data Perform transceiver switching; when the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the third data The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data. The first communication device initiates the switching of the transceiver at the end of the first data. The end time of the switching of the transceiver is the sending time of the third data, and the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then sends the third data to the second The communication device sends the second data. In this way, the transceiver interval can be reduced to the time of the RF transceiver hardware switching (such as 13us), which can be applied to the scenario of one carrier, or the scenario of multiple synchronized carriers, where multiple synchronized carriers can be under the same network standard system Carrier wave.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,当所述第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备在传输所述第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。当多载波之间的下行同步有误差时,需要等到最晚载波接收完第一数据后才能进行收发信机切换。当前系统处于多个载波时,特别是在第一通信设备端无法确保信号接收同步时,需要等到时间同步最后一个载波的第一数据接收完毕后,才能够启动射频收发转换,其滞后时间依赖载波的定时误差。使用本申请前述实施例中的提前进行收发信机切换,可以较好降低上下行切换的间隔时间,减少丢失信道的风险,提高系统数据传输的效率。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when the first data is transmitted through multiple non-synchronized carriers, the method further includes: the first communication device ends at the latest when transmitting the first data Transceiver switching is performed at all times; when the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then Sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data. When there is an error in the downlink synchronization between multiple carriers, it is necessary to wait for the latest carrier to receive the first data before switching the transceiver. When the current system is on multiple carriers, especially when the first communication device cannot ensure the signal reception synchronization, it is necessary to wait for the time synchronization to complete the reception of the first data of the last carrier before it can start the RF transceiver conversion, and its lag time depends on the carrier Timing error. Using the transceiver switching in advance in the foregoing embodiments of the present application can better reduce the interval between uplink and downlink switching, reduce the risk of channel loss, and improve the efficiency of system data transmission.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送多载波误差信息,所述多载波误差信息用于指示多个载波之间的同步误差时间长度。其中,第一通信设备还可以向第二通信设备上报多个载波之间的同步误差,例如第一通信设备发送多载波误差信息,该多载波误差信息可以包括:各载波的同步误差。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate multiple carriers The length of time between synchronization errors. The first communication device may also report the synchronization error between multiple carriers to the second communication device, for example, the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information, and the multi-carrier error information may include: the synchronization error of each carrier.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备向所述第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,所述射频能力信息用于指示所述第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示所述第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。其中,为了第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间能够更好的调度及数据传输,第一通信设备还需要和第二通信设备进行交互,第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,射频能力信息用于指示第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, and the radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the first communication device The length of time to perform the switching of the transceiver, and for indicating whether the first communication device supports the switching of the transceiver in advance. In order to enable better scheduling and data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device, the first communication device also needs to interact with the second communication device, and the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device The radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的第二调度信息,所述第二调度信息包括如下三种参数的至少一种:第一调度参数、第二调度参数和第三调度参数,所述第一调度参数用于指示所述第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换,所述第三调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备的先听后说LBT参数;所述第一通信设备根据所述第一调度参数确定所述第二数据的起始时刻,以及根据所述第二调度参数确定是否提前进行收发信机切换,以及根据所述第三调度参数确定所述LBT参数。在本申请实施例中,第二通信设备发送的三个调度参数中,第一调度参数用于指示第二数据的起始时刻,例如可以是时隙或者符号位置,第二调度参数用于指示第一通信设备是否执行间隔时间缩短的方法,若第二调度参数取值为0表示不执行间隔时间减少,若第二调度参数取值为1表示执行GAP减少。第三调度参数可以指示LBT接入类型,若第三调度参数取值为00,表示不存在LBT,即直接发送,若第三调度参数取值为01,表示做LBT cat2,若第三调度参数取值为10,表示做LBT CAT4,若第三调度参数的取值为11,表示预留字段。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first communication device receives second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the second scheduling information includes the following three parameters: At least one of: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, where the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, and the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate the first Whether a communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, the third scheduling parameter is used to instruct the first communication device to listen first and then speak LBT parameters; the first communication device determines the The starting moment of the second data, and determining whether to switch the transceiver in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determining the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter. In the embodiment of the present application, among the three scheduling parameters sent by the second communication device, the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting time of the second data, for example, it may be a time slot or a symbol position, and the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate Whether the first communication device performs the method of shortening the interval time, if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 0, it indicates that the interval time is not executed, and if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 1, it indicates that the GAP reduction is executed. The third scheduling parameter can indicate the LBT access type. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 00, it means that there is no LBT, that is, it is sent directly. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 01, it means that it is LBTcat2, if the third scheduling parameter If the value is 10, it means to do LBT CAT4. If the third scheduling parameter is 11, it means reserved field.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,所述第三调度信息用于指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;所述第一通信设备确定所述第二通信设备指示由所述第一通信设备获取所述LBT参数;所述第一通信设备根据所述第一收发间隔或者所述第二收发间隔获取所述LBT参数。在本申请实施例中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第三调度消息时,第二通信设备可以将LBT的类型设置为由第一通信设备自行获取LBT参数,即此时第二通信设备不再向第一通信设备指示具体的LBT参数,第三调度信息用于指示由第一通信设备获取LBT参数。第一通信设备收到该第三调度信息之后,确定由第一通信设备自行确定LBT的类型,第一通信设备可以计算能够做到的上下行数据的收发间隔,并依据实际收发间隔进行相应的LBT。例如能够做到的收发间隔不大于16us,第一通信设备可以不做LBT,在调度的时间上直接发送上行数据。又如能够做到的收发间隔大于16us小于25us时,第一通信设备可以选择做LBT cat2。需要说明的是,这里能够做到的收发间隔可以是第一通信设备确定的第一收发间隔的时间,也可以是第一通信设备确定的第二收发间隔的时间。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first communication device receives third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the The first communication device acquires the LBT parameter; the first communication device determines that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to acquire the LBT parameter; the first communication device according to the first transceiver interval or Acquiring the LBT parameter in the second sending and receiving interval. In the embodiment of the present application, when the second communication device sends the third scheduling message to the first communication device, the second communication device may set the type of LBT to that the first communication device obtains the LBT parameters by itself, that is, the second communication The device no longer indicates the specific LBT parameter to the first communication device, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the first communication device acquires the LBT parameter. After receiving the third scheduling information, the first communication device determines that the type of LBT is determined by the first communication device itself. The first communication device can calculate the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception intervals that can be achieved, and perform the corresponding LBT. For example, the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved is not greater than 16us, and the first communication device may directly transmit the uplink data at the scheduled time without performing LBT. For another example, when the transmission and reception interval can be greater than 16us and less than 25us, the first communication device may select LBTcat2. It should be noted that the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved here may be the time of the first transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device, or the time of the second transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第三数据的发送时刻晚于所述第一数据的结束时刻。其中,若第一通信设备执行完收发信机切换后的时间早于第一数据的结束时刻,为了减少第一通信设备发送第三数据而造成对其它用户造成干扰,需要控制第三数据的发送时刻不能早于第一数据的结束时刻。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the sending time of the third data is later than the ending time of the first data. Among them, if the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused by the first communication device sending the third data to other users, it is necessary to control the sending of the third data The time cannot be earlier than the end time of the first data.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:在所述第一数据的结束时刻到达之前,所述第一通信设备控制射频发送功率小于或等于预置的发射功率阈值。其中若第一通信设备执行完收发信机切换后的时间早于第一数据的结束时刻,为了减少第一通信设备发送第三数据而造成对其它用户造成干扰,第一通信设备在执行收发信机切换之后,需要控制发射信号的功率。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: before the end time of the first data arrives, the first communication device controls the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to a preset transmission power threshold. If the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused to the other users by the third communication device sending the third data, the first communication device is performing the transceiver After the machine is switched, the power of the transmitted signal needs to be controlled.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,包括:所述第一通信设备获取所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第四调度信息用于调度所述第二数据;所述第一通信设备根据所述第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定所述第一数据的结束时刻;以及,所述第一通信设备根据所述第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息TA确定所述第二数据的起始时刻。其中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一调度信息和第四调度信息,第一调度信息用于调度第一数据,第四调度信息用于调度第二数据。第一通信设备首先根据同步信号确定第二通信设备的时隙(或者符号)边界对应的时间,第一调度信息指示第一数据占用的起始时隙(或者符号)以及第一数据占用的符号数,第一调度信息的时间域信息指示可以包括上述的时隙(或者符号)边界对应的时间、起始时隙(或者符号)以及数据占用的符号数,第一通信设备根据该时间域信息指示确定第一数据的结束时刻。例如第一通信设备根据第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定第一数据的结束时刻S0,第四调度信息指示第二数据占用的起始时隙(或者符号)以及第二数据占用的符号数,根据该第四调度信息确定发送时刻为t0,再根据预置的定时提前信息TA,计算第二数据的起始时刻S1=t0-TA。第一收发间隔=S1-S0。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first communication device determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data includes: the first communication device acquiring the configuration of the second communication device The first scheduling information and the fourth scheduling information, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data; the first communication device according to the The time domain information of the first scheduling information indicates the end time of determining the first data; and, the first communication device determines the time according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information TA The starting moment of the second data. The second communication device sends first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information to the first communication device. The first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, and the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data. The first communication device first determines the time corresponding to the time slot (or symbol) boundary of the second communication device according to the synchronization signal, and the first scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the first data and the symbol occupied by the first data Number, the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information may include the time corresponding to the above-mentioned time slot (or symbol) boundary, the starting time slot (or symbol), and the number of symbols occupied by the data, according to the time domain information Indicate the end time for determining the first data. For example, the first communication device determines the end time S0 of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information, and the fourth scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the second data and the number of symbols occupied by the second data , Determine that the transmission time is t0 according to the fourth scheduling information, and then calculate the start time S1=t0-TA of the second data according to the preset timing advance information TA. The first transceiver interval = S1-S0.
在第一方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第三数据为从所述第二数据中复制出的一段 数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,所述第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。其中,第二数据为待发送的上行数据,从第二数据中复制一段数据作为第三数据,第三数据的长度等于提前量。为减少信道多径带来的符号间干扰的问题,通信系统中可以引入CP技术,即可以在传输第二数据的第一个时间单元上添加CP头部,该CP头部可以是从第二数据的尾部复制出的一段数据。例如,第三数据为从第二数据中复制出的一段数据,复制出的第三数据能够和第二数据的原有CP组成一个新的CP,本申请实施例中的第三数据可以是第二数据中位于第二数据的尾部之前且与该尾部数据相邻的一段数据。另外,本申请实施例可以在第二数据发送之前先发送参考信号,通过发送参考信号,使得接收端可以增加做信道估计的资源,使得信道估计结果更准确,有助于接收端接收性能的提升。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to the advance the amount. The second data is uplink data to be sent, and a piece of data is copied from the second data as the third data, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement. In order to reduce the problem of inter-symbol interference caused by channel multipath, a CP technology can be introduced into the communication system, that is, a CP header can be added to the first time unit for transmitting the second data. The CP header can be from the second A piece of data copied from the end of the data. For example, the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data. The copied third data can form a new CP with the original CP of the second data. The third data in the embodiment of the present application may be the third data. A piece of data located before the tail of the second data and adjacent to the tail data in the second data. In addition, in this embodiment of the present application, the reference signal can be sent before the second data is sent. By sending the reference signal, the receiver can increase the channel estimation resources, make the channel estimation result more accurate, and help improve the reception performance of the receiver. .
第二方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备,所述通信设备具体为第一通信设备,所述第一通信设备包括:处理器、存储器和发射器;所述处理器,用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二数据的起始时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,所述第一数据由第二通信设备发送,所述第二数据为所述第一通信设备的待发送数据;所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定所述第三数据的发送时刻,其中,所述提前量根据传输所述第一数据的时间单元信息确定,所述第三数据为所述第一通信设备填充在所述第二数据的前端的数据,所述第三数据的发送时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且所述第二收发间隔小于所述第一收发间隔;所述存储器,用于存储所述发射器和所述处理器的数据和指令;所述发射器,用于在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device. The communication device is specifically a first communication device. The first communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transmitter; the processor is used to determine The end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first sending and receiving interval. Sent by a second communication device, where the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device; and the processor is further configured to determine the third data according to a start time and an advance amount of the second data Sending time, wherein the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data is the data that the first communication device fills in front of the second data, and the first The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval; the memory is used to store the transmission And the data and instructions of the processor; the transmitter is configured to send the third data to the second communication device at the moment of sending the third data, and then start at the beginning of the second data The second data is sent to the second communication device at the beginning.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射频收发模块,其中,所述提前量用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度;所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一数据的结束时刻和所述提前量确定所述收发信机切换的起始时刻;所述处理器,还用于控制所述射频收发模块在所述收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;所述处理器,还用于当所述收发信机切换结束之后,控制所述发射器在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the advance amount is used to indicate an advance time length for transceiver switching in advance; the processor , Which is also used to determine the start time of the switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data; the process It is also used to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the beginning of the transceiver switching; the processor is also used to control the transmission after the transceiver switching is completed The device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一收发间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀CP长度信息确定所述第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and transmit the first The cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit of the data determines whether the first communication device meets the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于当所述第一通信设备满足所述提前收发切换条件时,根据传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定所述提前量。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to, according to the CP of the last time unit transmitting the first data when the first communication device satisfies the early transmission/reception switching condition The length information determines the advance.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于获取所述第一数据的子载波间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息;根据所述第一数据的子载波间隔和所述CP类型信息确定传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to acquire the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data; according to the The subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information determine the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给所述 第一通信设备的时间单元,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据;根据未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元确定所述提前量。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to determine the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device after the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data Determining a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; and determining the advance amount according to a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述存储器存储的所述未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元包括如下时间单元的至少一种:没有向所述第一通信设备调度数据的时间单元、调度所述第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元、向除所述第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device stored in the memory includes at least one of the following time units: no data is scheduled to the first communication device The time unit of time, the time unit of scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and the time unit of scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射频收发模块,其中,所述处理器,还用于当所述第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在所述第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the processor is further used when the first data passes through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers During transmission, the radio frequency transceiver module is controlled to switch the transceiver at the end time of the first data; when the transceiver switch ends, the transmitter is controlled at the end time of the transceiver switch The second communication device sends the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射频收发模块,其中,所述处理器,还用于当所述第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在传输所述第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first communication device further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein the processor is further configured to transmit the first data through multiple asynchronous carriers , Controlling the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the latest time when the transmission of the first data ends; when the switching of the transceiver ends, controlling the transmitter to the end time of the switching of the transceiver Sending the third data to the second communication device, and then sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述发射器,还用于向所述第二通信设备发送多载波误差信息,所述多载波误差信息用于指示多个载波之间的同步误差时间长度。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the transmitter is further configured to send multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, where the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate synchronization errors between multiple carriers length of time.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述发射器,还用于向所述第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,所述射频能力信息用于指示所述第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示所述第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the transmitter is further configured to send radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, and the radio frequency capability information is used to instruct the first communication device to execute a transceiver The length of time for switching, and for indicating whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备还包括:接收器,其中,所述接收器,用于接收所述第二通信设备发送的第二调度信息,所述第二调度信息包括如下三种参数的至少一种:第一调度参数、第二调度参数和第三调度参数,所述第一调度参数用于指示所述第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换,所述第三调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备的先听后说LBT参数;所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一调度参数确定所述第二数据的起始时刻,以及根据所述第二调度参数确定是否提前进行收发信机切换,以及根据所述第三调度参数确定所述LBT参数。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first communication device further includes: a receiver, wherein the receiver is configured to receive second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the first The second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, where the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, and the first Two scheduling parameters are used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameters are used to indicate the first communication device to listen to and then talk about LBT parameters; the processor also uses Determining the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, determining whether to perform transceiver switching in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determining the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述第一通信设备还包括:接收器,其中,所述接收器,用于接收所述第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,所述第三调度信息用于指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;所述处理器,还用于确定所述第二通信设备指示由所述第一通信设备获取所述LBT参数;所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一收发间隔或者所述第二收发间隔获取所述LBT参数。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first communication device further includes: a receiver, wherein the receiver is configured to receive third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, and the first Three scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters; the processor is also used to determine that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameters; the processor Is also used to obtain the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述存储器存储的所述第三数据的发送时刻晚于所述第一数据的结束时刻。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending time of the third data stored in the memory is later than the ending time of the first data.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于在所述第一数据的结束时刻到达之前,控制射频发送功率小于或等于预置的发射功率阈值。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to control the radio frequency transmit power to be less than or equal to a preset transmit power threshold before the end time of the first data arrives.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于获取所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第四调度信息用于调度所述第二数据;所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定所述第一数据的结束时刻;以及,根据所述第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息TA确定所述第二数据的起始时刻。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to acquire first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the The first data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data; the processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and , Determine the start time of the second data according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information TA.
在第二方面的一种可能实现方式中,所述存储器存储的所述第三数据为从所述第二数据中复制出的一段数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,所述第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。In a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the third data stored in the memory is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the third data The length is equal to the advance.
在本申请的第二方面中,第一通信设备的组成模块还可以执行前述第一方面以及各种可能的实现方式中所描述的步骤,详见前述对第一方面以及各种可能的实现方式中的说明。In the second aspect of the present application, the component modules of the first communication device may also perform the steps described in the foregoing first aspect and various possible implementations. For details, see the foregoing description of the first aspect and various possible implementations. Instructions.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect above.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信设备,该通信设备可以包括终端设备或者芯片等实体,所述通信设备包括:处理器、存储器;所述存储器用于存储指令;所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的所述指令,使得所述通信设备执行如前述第一方面中国任一项所述的方法。According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may include an entity such as a terminal device or a chip. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store instructions; and the processor is used to Executing the instructions in the memory causes the communication device to execute the method according to any one of the aforementioned first aspects of China.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持通信设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,发送或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, sending or processing data and/or information involved in the above method . In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the communication device. The chip system may be composed of chips, and may also include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法所应用的系统架构示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture to which a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法应用于第一通信设备的流程方框示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flow block diagram of a method for applying a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application to a first communication device;
图3为本申请实施例提供的第一数据、第二数据、第三数据的发送顺序示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a transmission sequence of first data, second data, and third data provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4本申请实施例提供的多个非同步载波传输场景下的收发信机切换示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in a scenario of multiple non-synchronized carrier transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法基于终端实现的流程示意图;5 is a schematic flowchart of a terminal-based implementation of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例中提前进行收发信机切换的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in advance in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种终端提前进行收发信机切换的终端结构示意图;7 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application for a terminal to switch a transceiver in advance;
图8为本申请实施例中发送符号中进行数据填充的示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of data filling in a transmission symbol in an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的补充后的完整数据示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of complete data after supplementation provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法基于终端实现的流程示意图;10 is a schematic flowchart of another data transmission method based on a terminal implementation provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的利用未调度符号进行提前收发切换的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of using an unscheduled symbol for early transmission and reception switching according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的判断未调度的下行符号的示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of determining an unscheduled downlink symbol provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端提前进行收发信机切换的终端结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application in which a terminal switches a transceiver in advance;
图14-a为本申请实施例提供的一种第一通信设备的组成结构示意图;14-a is a schematic structural diagram of a composition of a first communication device according to an embodiment of this application;
图14-b为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一通信设备的组成结构示意图;14-b is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14-c为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一通信设备的组成结构示意图;14-c is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一通信设备的组成结构示意图。15 is a schematic structural diagram of another first communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法和通信设备,用于减少间隔时间的长度,减少丢失信道的风险。Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce the length of an interval and reduce the risk of losing a channel.
下面结合附图,对本申请的实施例进行描述。The following describes the embodiments of the present application with reference to the drawings.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,这仅仅是描述本申请的实施例中对相同属性的对象在描述时所采用的区分方式。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,以便包含一系列单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于那些单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它单元。The terms “first” and “second” in the description and claims of the present application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, and do not have to be used to describe a specific order or sequential order. It should be understood that the terminology used in this way is interchangeable under appropriate circumstances, which is only a way of distinguishing the objects of the same attribute used in the description of the embodiments of the present application. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, so that a process, method, system, product, or device containing a series of units need not be limited to those units, but may include no clear Other units listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种数据处理的通信系统,例如码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、时分多址(time division multiple access,TDMA)、频分多址(frequency division multiple access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA,SC-FDMA)和非正交多址接入(non-orthogonal multiple access,NOMA)系统等。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。CDMA系统可以实现例如通用无线陆地接入(universal terrestrial radio access,UTRA),CDMA2000等无线技术。UTRA可以包括宽带CDMA(wideband CDMA,WCDMA)技术和其它CDMA变形的技术。CDMA2000可以覆盖过渡标准(interim standard,IS)2000(IS-2000),IS-95和IS-856标准。TDMA系统可以实现例如全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)等无线技术。OFDMA系统可以实现诸如演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved UTRA,E-UTRA)、超级移动宽带(ultra mobile broadband,UMB)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi),IEEE 802.16(WiMAX),IEEE 802.20,Flash OFDMA等无线技术。UTRA和E-UTRA是UMTS以及UMTS演进版本。3GPP在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)和基于LTE演进的各种版本是使用E-UTRA的UMTS的新版本。第五代(5 Generation,5G)通信系统、第六代(6 Generation,6G)通信系统、新空口(New Radio,NR)是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统。此外,所述通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术,都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various data processing communication systems, such as code division multiple access (code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (time division multiple access, TDMA), and frequency division multiple access (frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier FDMA, SC-FDMA) and non-orthogonal multiple access (non-orthogonal multiple access) orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) system, etc. The term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network". CDMA systems can implement wireless technologies such as universal wireless terrestrial access (UTRA), CDMA2000, and so on. UTRA may include wideband CDMA (Wideband CDMA, WCDMA) technology and other CDMA variant technologies. CDMA2000 can cover interim standard (IS) 2000 (IS-2000), IS-95 and IS-856 standards. The TDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as global system for mobile (GSM). OFDMA system can realize such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved UTRA, E-UTRA), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash OFDMA And other wireless technologies. UTRA and E-UTRA are UMTS and UMTS evolved versions. 3GPP's long-term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution are new versions of UMTS that use E-UTRA. The fifth generation (5 Generation) communication system, the sixth generation (6 Generation) communication system, and the new radio (NR) are the next generation communication systems under study. In addition, the communication system may also be applicable to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable. The system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. With the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例提供的通信系统中至少包括:第一通信设备和第二通信设备。例如,第一通信设备可以是终端设备,第二通信设备可以是网络设备。例如网络设备和终端设备之间的传输,可以通过无线电波来传输,也可以通过可见光、激光、红外、光量子、电力线、 光纤、同轴电缆、铜绞线等传输。又如,第一通信设备可以是第一终端设备,第二通信设备可以是第二终端设备,两个终端设备之间通过PC5端口进行通信,例如第一终端设备和第二终端设备之间传输侧链路(sidelink)数据。The communication system provided by the embodiments of the present application includes at least: a first communication device and a second communication device. For example, the first communication device may be a terminal device, and the second communication device may be a network device. For example, the transmission between the network equipment and the terminal equipment can be transmitted through radio waves, and can also be transmitted through visible light, laser, infrared, light quantum, power line, optical fiber, coaxial cable, copper wire, etc. For another example, the first communication device may be a first terminal device, the second communication device may be a second terminal device, and the two terminal devices communicate through the PC5 port, for example, the transmission between the first terminal device and the second terminal device Sidelink data.
图1示出了本申请实施例的一种可能的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)的结构示意图。所述RAN可以为2G网络的基站接入系统(即所述RAN包括基站和基站控制器),或可以为3G网络的基站接入系统(即所述RAN包括基站和RNC),或可以为4G网络的基站接入系统(即所述RAN包括eNB和RNC),或可以为5G网络的基站接入系统。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible radio access network (RAN) according to an embodiment of the present application. The RAN may be a base station access system of a 2G network (that is, the RAN includes a base station and a base station controller), or may be a base station access system of a 3G network (that is, the RAN includes a base station and an RNC), or may be 4G A base station access system of the network (that is, the RAN includes an eNB and an RNC), or may be a base station access system of a 5G network.
所述RAN包括一个或多个的第二通信设备,例如第二通信设备可以是网络设备。所述网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备,或,设置于具体无线收发功能的设备内的芯片。所述网络设备包括但不限于:基站(例如基站BS,基站NodeB、演进型基站eNodeB或eNB、第五代5G通信系统中的基站gNodeB或gNB、未来通信系统中的基站、WiFi系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点)等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的一种或者多种技术的网络,或者未来演进网络。所述核心网可以支持上述提及一种或者多种技术的网络,或者未来演进网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点(transmission receiving point,TRP)。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU)或者分布单元(distributed unit,DU)等。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,或车载设备等。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。The RAN includes one or more second communication devices, for example, the second communication device may be a network device. The network device may be any device with a wireless transceiver function, or a chip provided in a device with a specific wireless transceiver function. The network equipment includes but is not limited to: base stations (such as base stations BS, base stations NodeB, evolving base stations eNodeB or eNB, base stations gNodeB or gNB in fifth-generation 5G communication systems, base stations in future communication systems, and connection in WiFi systems Incoming node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node), etc. The base station may be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, etc. Multiple base stations can support one or more of the above-mentioned technology networks, or future evolution networks. The core network may support one or more technologies mentioned above or a future evolution network. The base station may include one or more co-site or non-co-site transmission and reception points (transmission receiving points, TRP). The network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. The network device may also be a server, a wearable device, or a vehicle-mounted device. The following uses a network device as a base station as an example. The multiple network devices may be base stations of the same type or base stations of different types.
第一通信设备可以是终端设备,例如基站可以与终端设备1-6进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端设备1-6进行通信。终端设备1-6可以支持与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端设备可以支持与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以支持与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。例如将终端接入到无线网络的RAN节点。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。The first communication device may be a terminal device, for example, the base station may communicate with the terminal devices 1-6, or may communicate with the terminal devices 1-6 through a relay station. Terminal devices 1-6 can support communication with multiple base stations of different technologies, for example, the terminal device can support communication with base stations supporting LTE networks, can also support communication with base stations supporting 5G networks, and can also support base stations with LTE networks And the dual connection of the base station of 5G network. For example, the terminal is connected to the RAN node of the wireless network. At present, some examples of RAN nodes are: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (eg, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc. In a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
终端设备1-6,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、终端等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或,设置于该设备内的芯片,例如,具有无线连接功允许的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical  surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。本申请实施例提供的终端设备可以是低复杂度终端设备和/或处于覆盖增强A模式下的终端设备。Terminal equipment 1-6, also known as user equipment (user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), terminal, etc., is a way to provide voice and/or A device with data connectivity, or a chip installed in the device, for example, a handheld device, an on-vehicle device, etc. with wireless connection permission. At present, some examples of terminal devices are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile Internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, enhanced Augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in self-driving, wireless terminal in remote surgery, smart grid (smart) Wireless terminals in transportation, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a low-complexity terminal device and/or a terminal device in coverage enhancement A mode.
在本申请实施例中,基站和UE1~UE6组成一个通信系统,在该通信系统中,基站发送系统信息、RAR消息和寻呼消息中的一种或多种给UE1~UE6中的一个或多个UE,此外,UE4~UE6也组成一个通信系统,在该通信系统中,UE5可以作为基站的功能实现,UE5可以发送系统信息、控制信息和寻呼消息中的一种或多种给UE4和UE6中的一个或多个UE。In the embodiment of the present application, the base station and UE1 to UE6 form a communication system. In the communication system, the base station sends one or more of system information, RAR messages, and paging messages to one or more of UE1 to UE6. In addition, UE4 to UE6 also form a communication system. In this communication system, UE5 can be implemented as the function of a base station. UE5 can send one or more of system information, control information, and paging messages to UE4 and One or more UEs in UE6.
在本申请实施例中,从第二通信设备发送下行数据切换到第一通信设备发送上行数据,这中间会有一个间隔(gap)时间。在该间隔时间内属于信号空白期,为达到基站共享COT的目的,同时避免其它系统对信道的抢占,当前标准规定如下:In the embodiment of the present application, there is a gap time between switching from sending downlink data by the second communication device to sending uplink data by the first communication device. In this interval, it belongs to the signal blank period. In order to achieve the purpose of the base station sharing the COT, while avoiding the preemption of the channel by other systems, the current standard provides as follows:
1、当间隔时间小于16微秒(us)时,第一通信设备可直接发送上行信号和数据。标准协议中,信号一般是在终结在物理层,不承担数据,比如上行参考信号或者导频信号,数据一般承载信道上,如控制信道上承载的控制数据,如数据信道上承载的业务数据。1. When the interval time is less than 16 microseconds (us), the first communication device may directly send uplink signals and data. In standard protocols, signals are generally terminated at the physical layer and do not bear data, such as uplink reference signals or pilot signals. Data generally carries channels, such as control data carried on control channels, such as service data carried on data channels.
2、当间隔时间大于16us且小于25us时,第一通信设备需要做时间较短的单次LBT,即第一通信设备需要执行LBT方案2(cat2),进行无随机回退。2. When the interval time is greater than 16us and less than 25us, the first communication device needs to do a single LBT with a shorter time, that is, the first communication device needs to execute the LBT scheme 2 (cat2) to perform a random back-off.
3、当间隔时间大于25us时,第一通信设备可能需要做时间更长的LBT,即第一通信设备需要执行LBT方案4(cat4),可变竞争窗口的随机退避。3. When the interval time is greater than 25us, the first communication device may need to do LBT for a longer time, that is, the first communication device needs to execute the LBT scheme 4 (cat4), and random backoff of the variable contention window.
在第二通信设备获取的一个信道占用时间(channel occupancy time,COT)内,不允许出现多于1个大于16us小于25us的上下行切换点。Within one channel occupation time (COT) acquired by the second communication device, no more than one uplink and downlink switching point greater than 16us and less than 25us is allowed.
因此如果间隔时间超过16us,则在一个COT内不能多次上下行切换,这样会影响系统调度的灵活性,无法满足业务的低时延的需求。如果间隔时间小于16us时,虽然第一通信设备不需要做LBT,但也有可能其他相邻小区或异系统的发送节点获得发送权限,并在相同的信道上发送信号,这会造成对上行信号的相互干扰。Therefore, if the interval time exceeds 16us, the uplink and downlink switching cannot be performed multiple times in a COT, which will affect the flexibility of system scheduling and cannot meet the requirements of low latency of services. If the interval time is less than 16us, although the first communication device does not need to do LBT, it is also possible that other neighboring cells or sending nodes of different systems obtain the sending authority and send signals on the same channel, which will cause uplink signals Mutual interference.
综上所述,由于上下行转换时间隔时间的存在,如果间隔时间在16us和25us之间时,由于需要做LBT,存在丢失信道风险,此时如果信道被其它节点占用,不但第一通信设备不能发送上行信号或者数据,就连第二通信设备也不能发送下行信号或者数据。如果间隔时间大于25us,第一通信设备需要做更长时间的LBT,这样增加了丢失信道的风险。当间隔时间小于16us时,尽管不要求做LBT,但也有可能其他相邻小区或异系统的发送节点获得发送权限,并在相同的信道上发送信号,这会造成对上行信号的相互干扰。In summary, due to the existence of the interval time between the uplink and downlink conversion, if the interval is between 16us and 25us, there is a risk of losing the channel due to the need to do LBT. At this time, if the channel is occupied by other nodes, not only the first communication device The uplink signal or data cannot be transmitted, and even the second communication device cannot transmit the downlink signal or data. If the interval time is greater than 25us, the first communication device needs to do LBT for a longer time, which increases the risk of losing the channel. When the interval time is less than 16us, although LBT is not required, it is possible that the sending nodes of other neighboring cells or different systems obtain the sending authority and send signals on the same channel, which will cause mutual interference to upstream signals.
为解决现有技术中间隔时间过大导致信道丢失风险的问题,本申请实施例提出如下的数据传输方法,适用于COT场景下的上下行数据切换过程中,请参阅图2所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法应用于第一通信设备的流程方框示意图,主要包括如下步骤:In order to solve the problem of the channel loss risk caused by the excessive interval time in the prior art, the embodiments of the present application propose the following data transmission method, which is applicable to the uplink and downlink data switching process in the COT scenario, please refer to FIG. A schematic flow block diagram of a method for applying a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the application to a first communication device mainly includes the following steps:
201、第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,第二数据的起始时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔。201. The first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transmission and reception interval.
其中,第一数据由第二通信设备发送,第二数据为第一通信设备的待发送数据。The first data is sent by the second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device.
在本发明实施例适用的通信系统中至少包括:第一通信设备和第二通信设备。第一通 信设备可以是终端设备,第二通信设备可以是网络设备,第二通信设备可以向第一通信设备发送下行数据,例如第二通信设备发送的下行数据为上述的第一数据。第一通信设备可以向第二通信设备发送上行数据,例如第一通信设备发送的上行数据为前述待发送的第二数据。又如,第一通信设备可以是第一终端设备,第二通信设备可以是第二终端设备,两个终端设备之间通过PC5端口进行通信,第一数据可以是第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送的第一侧链路数据,第二数据可以是第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的第二侧链路数据。The communication system to which the embodiment of the present invention is applied includes at least a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device may be a terminal device, the second communication device may be a network device, and the second communication device may send downlink data to the first communication device, for example, the downlink data sent by the second communication device is the above-mentioned first data. The first communication device may send uplink data to the second communication device, for example, the uplink data sent by the first communication device is the aforementioned second data to be sent. For another example, the first communication device may be a first terminal device, the second communication device may be a second terminal device, and the two terminal devices communicate through the PC5 port, and the first data may be the second terminal device to the first terminal The first side link data sent by the device, and the second data may be second side link data sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间传输的数据可以是收发信道数据,还可以包括各种信号,例如收发信道数据可以包括数据信道数据和控制信道数据,例如信号可以是探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signals,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the data transmitted between the first communication device and the second communication device may be transceiver channel data, and may also include various signals. For example, the transceiver channel data may include data channel data and control. The channel data, for example, the signal may be a sounding reference signal (SRS), a channel state information reference signal (channel State information-reference signals (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), etc.).
在本申请实施例中,第二通信设备在进行数据调度时可以预先向第一通信设备指示第一数据的结束时刻,以及第二数据的起始时刻。其中,第一数据的结束时刻指的是第一数据在下行传输时什么时刻会结束传输,第二数据指的是待发送的上行数据,第二数据的起始时刻指的是第二通信设备调度第二数据进行上行传输时什么时刻开始进行传输。In the embodiment of the present application, when performing data scheduling, the second communication device may indicate the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data to the first communication device in advance. Wherein, the end time of the first data refers to the time when the first data will be transmitted during downlink transmission, the second data refers to the upstream data to be sent, and the start time of the second data refers to the second communication device When the second data is scheduled for uplink transmission, when to start transmission.
在本申请的一些实施例中,步骤201第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,包括:In some embodiments of the present application, in step 201, the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, including:
第一通信设备获取第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,第一调度信息用于调度第一数据,第四调度信息用于调度第二数据;The first communication device acquires first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, and the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data;
第一通信设备根据第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定第一数据的结束时刻;以及,The first communication device determines the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and,
第一通信设备根据第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息(timing advance,TA)确定第二数据的起始时刻。The first communication device determines the start time of the second data according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information (TA).
其中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一调度信息和第四调度信息,第一调度信息用于调度第一数据,第四调度信息用于调度第二数据。第一通信设备首先根据同步信号确定第二通信设备的时隙(或者符号)边界对应的时间,第一调度信息指示第一数据占用的起始时隙(或者符号)以及第一数据占用的符号数,第一调度信息的时间域信息指示可以包括上述的时隙(或者符号)边界对应的时间、起始时隙(或者符号)以及数据占用的符号数,第一通信设备根据该时间域信息指示确定第一数据的结束时刻。例如第一通信设备根据第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定第一数据的结束时刻S0,第四调度信息指示第二数据占用的起始时隙(或者符号)以及第二数据占用的符号数,根据该第四调度信息确定发送时刻为t0,再根据预置的定时提前信息TA,计算第二数据的起始时刻S1=t0-TA。第一收发间隔=S1-S0。The second communication device sends first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information to the first communication device. The first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, and the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data. The first communication device first determines the time corresponding to the time slot (or symbol) boundary of the second communication device according to the synchronization signal, and the first scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the first data and the symbol occupied by the first data Number, the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information may include the time corresponding to the above-mentioned time slot (or symbol) boundary, the starting time slot (or symbol), and the number of symbols occupied by the data, according to the time domain information Indicate the end time for determining the first data. For example, the first communication device determines the end time S0 of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information, and the fourth scheduling information indicates the starting time slot (or symbol) occupied by the second data and the number of symbols occupied by the second data , Determine that the transmission time is t0 according to the fourth scheduling information, and then calculate the start time S1=t0-TA of the second data according to the preset timing advance information TA. The first transceiver interval = S1-S0.
202、第一通信设备根据第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,其中,提前量根据传输第一数据的时间单元信息确定,第三数据为第一通信设备填充在第二数据的前端的数据,第三数据的发送时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔。202. The first communication device determines the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, where the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, and the third data is filled in by the first communication device. For the data at the front end of the second data, the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval.
其中,第一通信设备预先确定一提前量,该提前量由传输第一数据的时间单元信息确 定,该时间单元可以是一个符号或者多个符号等,或者该时间单元可以是一个时隙或者几个时隙等,传输第一数据的时间单元指的是用于传输第一数据的符号或者时隙。传输第一数据的时间单元信息可用于预先确定出提前量,获取到提前量之后,在第二数据的起始时刻的基础上减去提前量为第三数据的发送时刻,即第三数据需要在第二数据的起始时刻之前发送,第三数据是第一通信设备填充在第二数据的前端的数据。将在第二数据的起始时刻往前提前一个提前量得到的时刻确定为第三数据的发送时刻。本申请实施例中,提前量可以通过时间长度来衡量,也可以通过数据样点个数来衡量,此处不做限定。Wherein, the first communication device determines an advance in advance, the advance is determined by the time unit information transmitting the first data, the time unit may be one symbol or multiple symbols, or the time unit may be a time slot or several Time slots, etc., the time unit for transmitting the first data refers to the symbol or time slot used to transmit the first data. The time unit information for transmitting the first data can be used to determine the advance amount in advance, and after obtaining the advance amount, subtract the advance amount based on the start time of the second data to be the sending time of the third data, that is, the third data needs Sent before the start time of the second data, the third data is the data that the first communication device fills in front of the second data. The time obtained by advancing an advance by the starting time of the second data is determined as the sending time of the third data. In the embodiment of the present application, the advancement can be measured by the length of time or the number of data samples, which is not limited here.
如图3所示,为本申请实施例提供的第一数据、第二数据、第三数据的发送顺序示意图。其中,第二数据的起始时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,第三数据的发送时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,由于第二收发间隔相比于第一收发间隔缩短了一提前量,因此第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,即从接收第一数据切换为发送第三数据的间隔时间小于从接收第一数据切换为发送第二数据的间隔时间,减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。As shown in FIG. 3, it is a schematic diagram of a transmission sequence of first data, second data, and third data provided by an embodiment of the present application. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transmission and reception interval, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the transmission time of the third data is the second transmission and reception interval Since the second transceiver interval is shortened by an advance amount compared to the first transceiver interval, the second transceiver interval is smaller than the first transceiver interval, that is, the interval for switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than that from receiving the first The data switching is the interval time for sending the second data, which reduces the length of the interval time for uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of the system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
接下来对本申请实施例中的提前量进行详细说明。在本申请的一些实施例中,第一通信设备可提前进行收发信机切换。第一通信设备中可以包括射频收发模块,该射频收发模块可用于射频器件的上下行转换。其中,现有技术中下行数据传输结束时才能收发信机切换,本申请实施例中不需要等下行数据传输结束就可以进行收发信机切换,即在下行数据没有接收完毕时就已经开始收发信机切换。本申请实施例中,基于下行数据的结束时刻提前进行收发信机切换,上述的提前量可以用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度。Next, the advance amount in the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail. In some embodiments of the present application, the first communication device may perform transceiver switching in advance. The first communication device may include a radio frequency transceiver module, and the radio frequency transceiver module may be used for uplink and downlink conversion of radio frequency devices. In the prior art, the transceiver can be switched only when the downlink data transmission ends. In the embodiment of the present application, the transceiver can be switched without waiting for the downlink data transmission to end, that is, when the downlink data has not been received, the transceiver has already started. Switch. In the embodiment of the present application, the transceiver switching is performed in advance based on the end time of the downlink data, and the foregoing advancement amount may be used to indicate the advance time length for the transceiver switching in advance.
在本申请的一些实施例中,提前量可以用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度,在这种场景下,步骤201第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the transceiver switch in advance. In this scenario, in step 201, the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the second data. After the start time, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:
A1、第一通信设备根据第一数据的结束时刻和提前量确定收发信机切换的起始时刻;A1. The first communication device determines the start time of the transceiver switching according to the end time and advance of the first data;
A2、第一通信设备在收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;A2. The first communication device switches the transceiver at the start of the switch of the transceiver;
A3、当收发信机切换结束之后,触发执行后续步骤203:第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。A3. After the switching of the transceiver is completed, the subsequent step 203 is triggered: the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second communication to the second communication at the starting time of the second data The device sends the second data.
其中,提前量可以用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度,第一通信设备获取到提前量之后,在第一数据的结束时刻的基础上按照提前量确定向前提前进行收发信机切换,将在第一数据的结束时刻的基础上向前提前后的起始时刻确定为收发信机切换的起始时刻。第一通信设备在收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换,即申请实施例相对于现有技术实现了提前进行收发信机切换,其中,收发信机切换也可以称为射频收发切换,本申请实施例中以收发信机切换来举例说明,收发信机切换所需要使用的时间长度可根据第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间的数据传输协议来确定,例如,收发信机切换所需要使用的时间长度不大于13us。当收发信机切换结束之后,就可以触发执行后续步骤203第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。The advance amount may be used to indicate the length of advance time for the switch of the transceiver in advance. After the first communication device obtains the advance amount, the transceiver is advanced in advance based on the advance amount based on the end time of the first data. For the handover, the starting time that is advanced on the basis of the end time of the first data is determined as the starting time for the switch of the transceiver. The first communication device performs transceiver switching at the starting moment of transceiver switching, that is, the embodiment of the application implements transceiver switching in advance relative to the prior art, where the transceiver switching may also be referred to as radio frequency transceiver switching In this embodiment of the present application, transceiver switching is used as an example. The length of time required for switching of the transceiver can be determined according to the data transmission protocol between the first communication device and the second communication device, for example, the transceiver The length of time required for switching is not greater than 13us. When the switching of the transceiver is completed, the subsequent step 203 can be triggered to execute the first communication device to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data Send the second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,步骤201第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data in step 201, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
B1、第一通信设备根据第一收发间隔和传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)长度信息确定第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。B1. The first communication device determines whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-receive switching condition according to the first transceiver interval and the cyclic prefix (CP) length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
其中,本申请实施例中第一通信设备还可以预先设置提前收发切换条件,该提前收发切换条件为是否能够提前进行收发信机切换的判断条件。本发明实施例可以设置提前收发切换条件之后,第一通信设备获取到第一收发间隔,以及获取到传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息,根据第一收发间隔和该CP长度确定是否满足提前收发切换条件。例如提前收发切换条件可以包括一个阈值,若第一收发间隔减去该CP长度得到的差值小于该阈值,可以确定第一通信设备满足提前收发切换条件,若第一收发间隔减去该CP长度得到的差值大于或等于该阈值,可以确定第一通信设备不满足提前收发切换条件。Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may also preset a pre-transmit/receive switching condition, and the pre-transmit/receive switching condition is a judgment condition for whether the transceiver can be switched in advance. In the embodiment of the present invention, after setting the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, the first communication device obtains the first transceiving interval and the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data, and determines the CP length according to the first transceiving interval and the CP length. Whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are met. For example, the early transmission and reception switching condition may include a threshold. If the difference between the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length is less than the threshold, it may be determined that the first communication device meets the early transmission and reception switching condition. If the first transmission and reception interval minus the CP length The obtained difference value is greater than or equal to the threshold value, and it can be determined that the first communication device does not satisfy the pre-transmit and receive switching condition.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例除了执行前述的步骤B1之外,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, in addition to performing the foregoing step B1, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
C1、当第一通信设备满足提前收发切换条件时,第一通信设备根据传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定提前量。C1. When the first communication device satisfies the pre-receive switching condition, the first communication device determines the advance amount according to the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
其中,当第一通信设备满足提前收发切换条件时,步骤202中的提前量可以根据传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度来确定,举例说明如下,第一通信设备可以将提前量d设置成d=CP长度,或者d=3/4CP长度,或者d=1/2的CP长度。只要能够满足提前收发切换条件,第一通信设备可以根据具体场景来确定提前量与CP长度的关系。Wherein, when the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition, the advance amount in step 202 may be determined according to the CP length of the last time unit transmitting the first data. For example, the first communication device may change the advance amount d Set to d=CP length, or d=3/4CP length, or d=1/2 CP length. As long as the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions can be met, the first communication device may determine the relationship between the advance amount and the CP length according to specific scenarios.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例除了执行前述的步骤B1或C1之外,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, in addition to performing the foregoing steps B1 or C1, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
D1、第一通信设备获取第一数据的子载波间隔和传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息;D1. The first communication device acquires the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data;
D2、第一通信设备根据第一数据的子载波间隔和CP类型信息确定传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。D2. The first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information.
其中,第一通信设备获取到的第一数据的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)是一个频率值,第一通信设备获取到的传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息可以包括:常规循环前缀(normal cyclic prefix)和扩展循环前缀(extended cyclic prefix),其中,常规循环前缀长度4.7us,扩展循环前缀长度16.67us。第一通信设备根据第一数据的子载波间隔和CP类型信息确定传输第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。举例说明如下,第一通信设备可以根据符号的子载波间隔数值,以及CP类型计算和最后一个符号的CP长度,如果利用当前参数,可以计算出CP的数据样点个数或者时间如下表1所示。The subcarrier spacing (SCS) of the first data obtained by the first communication device is a frequency value, and the CP type information of the last time unit of the first data transmitted by the first communication device may include: Regular cyclic prefix (normal cyclic prefix) and extended cyclic prefix (extended cyclic prefix), where the length of the regular cyclic prefix is 4.7us and the length of the extended cyclic prefix is 16.67us. The first communication device determines the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data according to the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information. The following is an example. The first communication device can calculate the CP value of the symbol and the CP type and the CP length of the last symbol. If the current parameters are used, the number or time of the CP data samples can be calculated as shown in Table 1 below. Show.
Figure PCTCN2018125313-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018125313-appb-000001
在本申请的一些实施例中,步骤201第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数 据的起始时刻之后,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data in step 201, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
E1、第一通信设备根据第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,第一调度信息用于调度第一数据;E1: The first communication device determines a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data;
E2、第一通信设备根据未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元确定提前量。E2. The first communication device determines the advance according to a time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device.
其中,第二通信设备发送第一数据之前,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一调度信息,第二通信设备根据该第一调度信息向第一通信设备发送该第一数据。第一通信设备根据第一调度信息确定未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元指的是在传输第一数据的时间单元的末端不再向第一通信设备发送数据的时间单元,例如在发送第一数据的最后一个符号内的末端不再向第一通信设备发送数据。第一通信设备根据未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元确定提前量,例如步骤202中的提前量可以不大于未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,第一通信设备根据该提前量可以提前进行收发信机切换,从而减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。Before the second communication device sends the first data, the second communication device sends the first scheduling information to the first communication device, and the second communication device sends the first data to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information. The first communication device determines the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information. The time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device refers to that no longer communicates with the first communication at the end of the time unit transmitting the first data The time unit in which the device sends data, for example, no more data is sent to the first communication device at the end within the last symbol that sent the first data. The first communication device determines the advancement according to the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, for example, the advancement in step 202 may not be greater than the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first communication device may advance according to the advancement Transceiver switching is performed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching, thereby ensuring the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
进一步的,在本申请的一些实施例中,未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,包括如下时间单元的至少一种:Further, in some embodiments of the present application, the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device includes at least one of the following time units:
没有向第一通信设备调度数据的时间单元、调度第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元、向除所述第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元。There is no time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device, a time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device.
其中,没有向第一通信设备调度数据指的是第二通信设备没有向第一通信设备发送数据,举例说明如下,临近上行时隙的下行时隙中,符号数总共有14个,编号为0至13。当下行调度信息指示编号为0-10有调度给第一通信设备的数据,但编号11-13符号没有被调度给该第一通信设备时,则认为总共有4个符号未被调度到,没有向第一通信设备调度数据的4个符号可用于确定出提前量。调度第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元指的是第一通信设备重复接收数据的时间单元,举例说明如下,如果第一通信设备收到是广播信号调度信息,由于该广播信号是周期性发送的,对于第一通信设备来讲这次传输可以不进行接收,这些广播信号可以看做是未调度信号,调度第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元可以用于确定出提前量。又如:调度给第一通信设备数据的数据是重传数据,这些重传数据的最后一个或者多个符号承载的数据,之前传输过程第一通信设备已经译码正确,此时就不需要再接收这些数据,这些重传数据可以看做是未调度信号,调度第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元可以用于确定出提前量。向除第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元是指该时间单元没有用于向第一通信设备进行调度,但是用于向其它通信设备调度数据,则该时间单元仍然是未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元,向除第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元可以用于确定出提前量。Among them, the failure to schedule data to the first communication device refers to the fact that the second communication device does not send data to the first communication device. The following is an example. In the downlink time slot adjacent to the uplink time slot, there are 14 symbols in total, numbered 0 To 13. When the downlink scheduling information indicates that numbers 0-10 have data scheduled to the first communication device, but symbols 11-13 are not scheduled to the first communication device, it is considered that there are a total of 4 symbols that have not been scheduled. The 4 symbols that schedule data to the first communication device can be used to determine the advance. The time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received refers to the time unit for the first communication device to repeatedly receive data. An example is described below. If the first communication device receives broadcast signal scheduling information, the broadcast signal is periodic. Sent, for the first communication device, this transmission may not be received. These broadcast signals may be regarded as unscheduled signals. The time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received can be used to determine the advance. Another example: the data scheduled for the first communication device is retransmission data, the data carried by the last symbol or symbols of these retransmission data, the first communication device has decoded correctly in the previous transmission process, and no more Receiving these data, these retransmitted data can be regarded as unscheduled signals, and the time unit for scheduling the data that the first communication device has received can be used to determine the advance. The time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices except the first communication device means that the time unit is not used for scheduling to the first communication device, but is used for scheduling data to other communication devices, then the time unit is still unscheduled For the time unit of the first communication device, the time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices other than the first communication device may be used to determine the advance.
需要说明的是,在本申请的上述实施例中,未调度给第一通信设备的时间单元上,第二通信设备可以向除第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备来调度数据,因此第一通信设备不需要再接收这些数据。另外,在上下行调度间隔的计算中,第一数据的结束时刻是第二通信设备实际发生调度的数据结束时刻。It should be noted that, in the above embodiment of the present application, on the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, the second communication device may schedule data to other communication devices except the first communication device, so the first communication The device no longer needs to receive this data. In addition, in the calculation of the uplink and downlink scheduling interval, the end time of the first data is the end time of the data actually scheduled by the second communication device.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第一数据可以采用单个载波来传输,也可以采用多个载波聚合的方式来传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the second communication device may send the first data to the first communication device by using a single carrier or by using multiple carrier aggregation.
当第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括:When the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes:
F1、第一通信设备在第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;F1. The first communication device switches the transceiver at the end of the first data;
F2、当收发信机切换结束时,第一通信设备在收发信机切换的结束时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。F2. When the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends third data to the second communications device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data .
在步骤F1至步骤F2的实现场景下,第一通信设备在第一数据的结束时刻,启动收发信机切换。收发信机切换的结束时刻即为第三数据的发送时刻,第一通信设备在收发信机切换的结束时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。这样可以将收发间隔减少到射频收发信机硬件切换的时间(如13us),本申请实施例可适用于一个载波的场景,或者多个同步载波场景,其中,多个同步载波可以是同一个网络制式系统下的载波。举例说明如下,第一通信设备使用同一套接收机接收载波1和载波2的信号和数据。从第一通信设备来看,载波1和载波2是完全同步的,即载波1的收发切换时间点和载波2的收发切换点相同。In the implementation scenario of step F1 to step F2, the first communication device starts switching of the transceiver at the end time of the first data. The end time of the switching of the transceiver is the sending time of the third data, and the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then sends the third data to the second The communication device sends the second data. In this way, the transceiver interval can be reduced to the time when the RF transceiver hardware switches (such as 13us). The embodiments of the present application can be applied to a single carrier scenario or multiple synchronized carrier scenarios, where multiple synchronized carriers can be the same network Carrier under standard system. As an example, the first communication device uses the same set of receivers to receive carrier 1 and carrier 2 signals and data. From the perspective of the first communication device, carrier 1 and carrier 2 are completely synchronized, that is, the transmission and reception switching point of carrier 1 and the transmission and reception switching point of carrier 2 are the same.
当第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,在第一数据的结束时刻,启动收发信机切换,完成收发信机切换后,即可发送第三数据,能够将上下行切换的间隔时间降低到收发信机切换的时间,从而有效降低上下行切换的间隔时间。When the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronous carriers, at the end of the first data, the transceiver switching is started. After the transceiver switching is completed, the third data can be sent, and the interval between uplink and downlink switching can be transmitted. The time is reduced to the time when the transceiver is switched, thereby effectively reducing the interval time between uplink and downlink switching.
需要说明的是,步骤F1至步骤F2的实施例仍可以和前述的步骤A1至A3的实施例相结合,则依然可以进一步降低上下行切换的间隔时间,减少丢失信道的风险。It should be noted that the embodiments of steps F1 to F2 can still be combined with the aforementioned embodiments of steps A1 to A3, and the interval time between uplink and downlink switching can be further reduced to reduce the risk of channel loss.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,当第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括:In other embodiments of the present application, when the first data is transmitted through multiple asynchronous carriers, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes:
F3、第一通信设备在传输第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;F3. The first communication device switches the transceiver at the moment when the transmission of the first data ends at the latest;
F4、当收发信机切换结束时,第一通信设备在收发信机切换的结束时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。F4. When the transceiver switching ends, the first communication device sends third data to the second communication device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data .
在步骤F3至步骤F4的实现场景下,当多载波之间的下行同步有误差时,需要等到最晚载波接收完第一数据后才能进行收发信机切换。In the implementation scenario of steps F3 to F4, when there is an error in downlink synchronization between multiple carriers, it is necessary to wait for the latest carrier to receive the first data before switching the transceiver.
如图4所示,本申请实施例提供的多个非同步载波传输场景下的收发信机切换示意图。第一通信设备使用同一套接收机接收载波1和载波2的信号和数据。多个非同步载波可以是同一个网络制式系统下的多个载波,多个非同步载波也可以是不同网络制式系统下的载波,例如LTE系统和NR系统下的多个非同步载波。从第一通信设备侧来看,载波1和载波2是不同步的,即存在同步误差,例如同步误差为d微妙,即载波2滞后载波1的时间是d微秒,为确保载波2下行数据的接收完整性,收发信机需要在载波2下行时隙结尾进行收发切换,而不能在载波1的下行时隙结尾进行收发切换。As shown in FIG. 4, a schematic diagram of transceiver switching in a scenario of multiple asynchronous carrier transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application. The first communication device uses the same set of receivers to receive carrier 1 and carrier 2 signals and data. The multiple non-synchronized carriers may be multiple carriers under the same network standard system, and the multiple non-synchronized carriers may also be carriers under different network standard systems, such as multiple non-synchronized carriers under the LTE system and the NR system. From the perspective of the first communication device, carrier 1 and carrier 2 are not synchronized, that is, there is a synchronization error, for example, the synchronization error is d microseconds, that is, the time that carrier 2 lags carrier 1 is d microseconds, in order to ensure the downlink data of carrier 2 For the reception integrity of the transceiver, the transceiver needs to switch at the end of the downlink time slot of carrier 2 and cannot switch at the end of the downlink time slot of carrier 1.
这样对于载波1来讲,其上下行数据间隔长度至少等于载波间同步误差d加上收发信机切换的时间。若同步误差d越大,上下行数据间隔长度越大。引起不同载波间的同步误差有两个原因:一是不同载波的器件精度和对温度产生的漂移不同(定时器误差或者振荡器发生偏移),从而造成发送时间有误差。二是不同载波信号经过的路径不一样,导致多径时延不同。如果需要减少同步误差d的取值,需要提高基站或者终端的器件精度或者算法精度,这会增加基站或终端的成本,或者增加基站或者终端的复杂度。In this way, for carrier 1, the length of the uplink and downlink data interval is at least equal to the inter-carrier synchronization error d plus the transceiver switching time. If the synchronization error d is larger, the length of the uplink and downlink data interval is larger. There are two reasons for the synchronization error between different carriers: First, the device accuracy of different carriers and the drift in temperature (timer error or oscillator offset) are different, resulting in an error in the transmission time. Second, different carrier signals have different paths, resulting in different multipath delays. If the value of the synchronization error d needs to be reduced, the device accuracy or algorithm accuracy of the base station or terminal needs to be improved, which will increase the cost of the base station or terminal, or increase the complexity of the base station or terminal.
本申请实施例中步骤F3至步骤F4的实施例可以和前述的步骤A1至A3的实施例相结合,可以降低对器件精度或者算法复杂度的要求,从而减少成本。当前系统处于多个载波时,特别是在第一通信设备端无法确保信号接收同步时,需要等到时间同步最后一个载波的第一数据接收完毕后,才能够启动射频收发转换,其滞后时间依赖载波的定时误差。使用本申请前述实施例中的提前进行收发信机切换,可以较好降低上下行切换的间隔时间,减少丢失信道的风险,提高系统数据传输的效率。The embodiments of steps F3 to F4 in the embodiments of the present application can be combined with the foregoing embodiments of steps A1 to A3, which can reduce the requirements on device accuracy or algorithm complexity, thereby reducing costs. When the current system is on multiple carriers, especially when the first communication device cannot ensure the signal reception synchronization, it is necessary to wait for the time synchronization to complete the reception of the first data of the last carrier before it can start the RF transceiver conversion, and its lag time depends on the carrier Timing error. Using the transceiver switching in advance in the foregoing embodiments of the present application can better reduce the interval between uplink and downlink switching, reduce the risk of channel loss, and improve the efficiency of system data transmission.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
G1、第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,射频能力信息用于指示第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。G1. The first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device. The radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports the transceiver in advance. Switch.
其中,为了第一通信设备和第二通信设备之间能够更好的调度及数据传输,第一通信设备还需要和第二通信设备进行交互,第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,射频能力信息用于指示第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。In order to enable better scheduling and data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device, the first communication device also needs to interact with the second communication device, and the first communication device sends radio frequency capability information to the second communication device The radio frequency capability information is used to indicate the length of time that the first communication device performs transceiver switching, and to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
举例说明如下,第一通信设备上报收发信机切换的时间长度。例如上报收发信机切换的具体数值,可以使用4个比特(bit)的信息表示射频切换的具体时间,单位为微秒,或者使用3个比特或者2个比特的信息表示不同载波和基本收发切换能力的差值delta,如:基本收发切换能力能是13us,则不同载波的实际收发切换的时间数值=13-上报的delta。另外,第一通信设备还可以上报该第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换,第二通信设备接收该射频能力信息,若第一通信设备支持提前进行收发信机切换,则第二通信设备可以指示第一通信设备是否使用提前进行收发信机切换。An example is described as follows. The first communication device reports the length of time the transceiver is switched. For example, to report the specific value of transceiver switching, you can use 4 bits of information to indicate the specific time of RF switching, in microseconds, or use 3 bits or 2 bits of information to indicate different carriers and basic transceiver switching The difference delta of the capability, for example, the basic transmit-receive switching capability can be 13us, then the actual transmit-receive switching time value of different carriers=13-reported delta. In addition, the first communication device may also report whether the first communication device supports early switching of the transceiver, the second communication device receives the radio frequency capability information, and if the first communication device supports early switching of the transceiver, the second communication The device may indicate whether the first communication device uses transceiver switching in advance.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
H1、第一通信设备向第二通信设备发送多载波误差信息,多载波误差信息用于指示多个载波之间的同步误差时间长度。H1. The first communication device sends multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate the length of the synchronization error between multiple carriers.
其中,第一通信设备还可以向第二通信设备上报多个载波之间的同步误差,例如第一通信设备发送多载波误差信息,该多载波误差信息可以包括:各载波的同步误差。例如各个载波的同步误差可以包括:载波ID和定时误差,如下表2所示:The first communication device may also report the synchronization error between multiple carriers to the second communication device, for example, the first communication device sends multi-carrier error information, and the multi-carrier error information may include: the synchronization error of each carrier. For example, the synchronization error of each carrier may include: carrier ID and timing error, as shown in Table 2 below:
Figure PCTCN2018125313-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018125313-appb-000002
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
I1、第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的第二调度信息,第二调度信息包括如下三种参数的至少一种:第一调度参数、第二调度参数和第三调度参数,第一调度参数用于指示第二数据的起始时刻,第二调度参数用于指示第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换,第三调度参数用于指示第一通信设备的先听后说(listen before talk,LBT)参数;I1. The first communication device receives second scheduling information sent by the second communication device. The second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, the first scheduling The parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameter is used to indicate the first communication device to listen before speaking talk, LBT) parameters;
I2、第一通信设备根据第一调度参数确定第二数据的起始时刻,以及根据第二调度参数确定是否提前进行收发信机切换,以及根据第三调度参数确定LBT参数。I2. The first communication device determines the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, determines whether to switch the transceiver in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and determines the LBT parameter according to the third scheduling parameter.
其中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第二调度信息,第二调度信息包括如下三种参数的至少一种:第一调度参数、第二调度参数和第三调度参数,第一调度参数用于指示第二数据的起始时刻,第二调度参数用于指示第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换,第三调度参数用于指示第一通信设备的LBT参数。举例说明如下,第二通信设备调度第一通信设备发送第二数据时,指示第一通信设备在发送第二数据之前需要做LBT类型及LBT接入等级参数。第二通信设备发送的三个调度参数中,第一调度参数用于指示第二数据的起始时刻,例如可以是时隙或者符号位置,第二调度参数用于指示第一通信设备是否执行间隔时间缩短的方法,若第二调度参数取值为0表示不执行间隔时间减少,若第二调度参数取值为1表示执行GAP减少。第三调度参数可以指示LBT接入类型,若第三调度参数取值为00,表示不存在LBT,即直接发送,若第三调度参数取值为01,表示做LBT cat2,若第三调度参数取值为10,表示做LBT CAT4,若第三调度参数的取值为11,表示预留字段。The second communication device sends second scheduling information to the first communication device. The second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third scheduling parameter, and the first scheduling parameter It is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling parameter is used to indicate the LBT parameter of the first communication device. For example, as follows, when the second communication device schedules the first communication device to send the second data, it instructs the first communication device to do the LBT type and LBT access level parameters before sending the second data. Among the three scheduling parameters sent by the second communication device, the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate the starting moment of the second data, which may be, for example, a time slot or a symbol position, and the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs the interval In the method of shortening the time, if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 0, it means that the interval time of non-execution is reduced, and if the value of the second scheduling parameter is 1, it means that the GAP is reduced. The third scheduling parameter can indicate the LBT access type. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 00, it means that there is no LBT, that is, it is sent directly. If the value of the third scheduling parameter is 01, it means that it is LBTcat2, if the third scheduling parameter If the value is 10, it means to do LBT CAT4. If the third scheduling parameter is 11, it means reserved field.
其中,第二通信设备可以生成第二调度参数用于指示第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换。举例说明如下,第二通信设备先计算上下行切换的间隔时间=相对于本载波的切换时延+收发信机切换的时间,第二通信设备再确定第一通信设备可能的提前量,如果上下行切换的间隔时间大于16us,且(上下行切换的间隔时间-第一通信设备可能的提前量)<16us,则第二通信设备指示第一通信设备提前进行收发信机切换。如果上下行切换的间隔时间小于16,则不指示第一通信设备提前进行收发信机切换,是否执行提前切换由第一通信设备自行决定。The second communication device may generate a second scheduling parameter for indicating whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance. As an example, as follows, the second communication device first calculates the interval time between uplink and downlink switching = switching delay relative to the current carrier + transceiver switching time, and then the second communication device determines the possible advance of the first communication device. The interval between line switching is greater than 16us, and (the interval between uplink and downlink switching-possible advance of the first communication device)<16us, then the second communication device instructs the first communication device to switch the transceiver in advance. If the interval time between uplink and downlink switching is less than 16, the first communication device is not instructed to switch the transceiver in advance, and it is up to the first communication device to decide whether to perform the early switch.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
第一通信设备接收第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,第三调度信息用于指示由第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The first communication device receives the third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameter;
第一通信设备确定所述第二通信设备指示由第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The first communication device determines that the second communication device indicates that the first communication device acquires LBT parameters;
第一通信设备根据第一收发间隔或者第二收发间隔获取LBT参数。The first communication device acquires LBT parameters according to the first transceiving interval or the second transceiving interval.
其中,第二通信设备向第一通信设备发送第三调度消息时,第二通信设备可以将LBT的类型设置为由第一通信设备自行获取LBT参数,即此时第二通信设备不再向第一通信设备指示具体的LBT参数,第三调度信息用于指示由第一通信设备获取LBT参数。第一通信设备收到该第三调度信息之后,确定由第一通信设备自行确定LBT的类型,第一通信设备可以计算能够做到的上下行数据的收发间隔,并依据实际收发间隔进行相应的LBT。例如能够做到的收发间隔不大于16us,第一通信设备可以不做LBT,在调度的时间上直接发送上行数据。又如能够做到的收发间隔大于16us小于25us时,第一通信设备可以选择做LBT cat2。需要说明的是,这里能够做到的收发间隔可以是第一通信设备确定的第一收发间隔的时间,也可以是第一通信设备确定的第二收发间隔的时间。When the second communication device sends the third scheduling message to the first communication device, the second communication device may set the type of LBT to that the first communication device obtains the LBT parameters by itself, that is, the second communication device no longer sends A communication device indicates a specific LBT parameter, and the third scheduling information is used to indicate that the first communication device acquires the LBT parameter. After receiving the third scheduling information, the first communication device determines that the type of LBT is determined by the first communication device itself. The first communication device can calculate the uplink and downlink data transmission and reception intervals that can be achieved, and perform the corresponding LBT. For example, the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved is not greater than 16us, and the first communication device may directly transmit the uplink data at the scheduled time without performing LBT. For another example, when the transmission and reception interval can be greater than 16us and less than 25us, the first communication device may select LBTcat2. It should be noted that the transmission and reception interval that can be achieved here may be the time of the first transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device, or the time of the second transmission and reception interval determined by the first communication device.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第三数据的发送时刻晚于第一数据的结束时刻。In some embodiments of the present application, the sending time of the third data is later than the ending time of the first data.
其中,若第一通信设备执行完收发信机切换后的时间早于第一数据的结束时刻,为了减少第一通信设备发送第三数据而造成对其它用户造成干扰,需要控制第三数据的发送时刻不能早于第一数据的结束时刻,例如第一通信设备可以限制提前进行收发信机切换的提 前量,假设最后下行符号的结束时间为S0,第一通信设备完成收发信机切换时间为S3,则S3不能早于S0。Among them, if the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused by the first communication device sending the third data to other users, it is necessary to control the sending of the third data The time cannot be earlier than the end time of the first data. For example, the first communication device may limit the advance amount of the transceiver switching in advance, assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0, and the first communication device completes the transceiver switching time is S3 , Then S3 cannot be earlier than S0.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application further includes the following steps:
在第一数据的结束时刻到达之前,第一通信设备控制射频发送功率小于或等于预置的发射功率阈值。Before the end time of the first data arrives, the first communication device controls the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to the preset transmission power threshold.
其中,若第一通信设备执行完收发信机切换后的时间早于第一数据的结束时刻,为了减少第一通信设备发送第三数据而造成对其它用户造成干扰,第一通信设备在执行收发信机切换之后,需要控制发射信号的功率,假设最后下行符号的结束时间为S0,假设终端的发射功率阈值为P0,例如发射功率阈值为最小发射功率P0,在射频控制中,第一通信设备的发送功率在S0之前都不大于P0。Wherein, if the time after the first communication device performs the switching of the transceiver is earlier than the end time of the first data, in order to reduce the interference caused to the other users by the first communication device sending the third data, the first communication device is performing transceiving After the switch of the message, it is necessary to control the power of the transmitted signal, assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0, and the terminal’s transmission power threshold is P0, for example, the transmission power threshold is the minimum transmission power P0. In radio frequency control, the first communication device The transmit power of is not greater than P0 before S0.
203、第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。203. The first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the second data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data.
在本申请实施例中,第一通信设备按照第二通信设备调度第二数据的起始时刻发送第二数据之前,先发送填充在第二数据前端的第三数据,从而减少了从接收第一数据切换为发送第二数据的间隔时间中信号空白期的长度,从而将上下行切换的间隔时间缩短至第二收发间隔,因此可以保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。In the embodiment of the present application, before sending the second data according to the start time when the second communication device schedules the second data, the first communication device first sends the third data filled in the front end of the second data, thereby reducing The data switching is the length of the signal blank period in the interval between sending the second data, thereby shortening the interval between uplink and downlink switching to the second transceiver interval, thus ensuring the stability of the system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第三数据为从第二数据中复制出的一段数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。举例说明如下,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement. For example, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
J1、第一通信设备根据提前量从第二数据中复制一段数据作为第三数据,第三数据的长度等于提前量;J1. The first communication device copies a piece of data from the second data as the third data according to the advancement, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement;
J2、第一通信设备将第三数据添加到传输第二数据的第一个时间单元的CP头部的前端,得到添加有第三数据的第二数据。J2. The first communication device adds the third data to the front end of the CP header of the first time unit that transmits the second data to obtain the second data added with the third data.
其中,第二数据为待发送的上行数据,从第二数据中复制一段数据作为第三数据,第三数据的长度等于提前量。为减少信道多径带来的符号间干扰的问题,通信系统中可以引入CP技术,即可以在传输第二数据的第一个时间单元上添加CP头部,该CP头部可以是从第二数据的尾部复制出的一段数据。例如,第三数据为从第二数据中复制出的一段数据,复制出的第三数据能够和第二数据的原有CP组成一个新的CP,本申请实施例中的第三数据可以是第二数据中位于第二数据的尾部之前且与该尾部数据相邻的一段数据。复制出的第三数据可以添加到该CP头部的前端,从而可以得到添加有第三数据的第二数据,最后第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻发送第二数据。The second data is uplink data to be sent, and a piece of data is copied from the second data as the third data, and the length of the third data is equal to the advancement. In order to reduce the problem of inter-symbol interference caused by channel multipath, a CP technology can be introduced into the communication system, that is, a CP header can be added to the first time unit for transmitting the second data. The CP header can be from the second A piece of data copied from the end of the data. For example, the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data. The copied third data can form a new CP with the original CP of the second data. The third data in the embodiment of the present application may be the third data. A piece of data located before the tail of the second data and adjacent to the tail data in the second data. The copied third data can be added to the front end of the CP header, so that the second data added with the third data can be obtained, and finally the first communication device sends the third data at the sending moment of the third data, and then the second data The second data is sent at the beginning of the data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法还可以包括如下步骤:In some embodiments of the present application, the data transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application may further include the following steps:
K1、第一通信设备在传输第二数据的第一个时间单元的CP头部的前端添加第三数据,第三数据为随机数,或者参考信号。K1. The first communication device adds third data to the front of the CP header of the first time unit that transmits the second data. The third data is a random number or a reference signal.
在上述步骤K1中,第一通信设备可以在传输第二数据的第一个时间单元的CP头部的前端添加第三数据,第一通信设备生成的第三数据可以为随机数,或者参考信号。举例说明如下,第一通信设备将子载波间隔进行扩大,比如原来15KHz,扩大到60KHz,这样平均 符号长度由71.4us变为17.86us,可以在第二数据发送之前先发送参考信号,通过发送参考信号,使得接收端可以增加做信道估计的资源,使得信道估计结果更准确,有助于接收端接收性能的提升。In the above step K1, the first communication device may add third data to the front of the CP header of the first time unit transmitting the second data, and the third data generated by the first communication device may be a random number or a reference signal . As an example, the first communication device expands the subcarrier interval, for example, from 15KHz to 60KHz, so that the average symbol length changes from 71.4us to 17.86us, and the reference signal can be sent before the second data is sent. The signal enables the receiving end to increase the resources for channel estimation, makes the channel estimation result more accurate, and helps improve the receiving performance of the receiving end.
通过前述实施例的举例说明可知,第一通信设备首先确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,第二数据的起始时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,第一数据由第二通信设备发送,第二数据为第一通信设备的待发送数据,第一通信设备接下来根据第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,提前量根据传输第一数据的时间单元信息确定,第三数据为第一通信设备填充在第二数据的前端的数据,第三数据的发送时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。本申请实施例中基于第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定出了第三数据的发送时刻,从而使得在第二数据的起始时刻之前先发送第三数据,本申请实施例中第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,即从接收第一数据切换为发送第三数据的间隔时间小于从接收第一数据切换为发送第二数据的间隔时间,减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。It can be known from the examples in the foregoing embodiments that the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is In the first transmission and reception interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the third data according to the start time and advance of the second data The sending time, the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the sending time of the third data minus the end time of the first data The time period is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval. The first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends The second communication device sends the second data. In the embodiment of the present application, the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application The sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
为便于更好的理解和实施本申请实施例的上述方案,下面举例相应的应用场景来进行具体说明。In order to facilitate a better understanding and implementation of the above solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following application examples are used for specific description.
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,通过提前启动收发信机切换,并且在切换完成后发送上行数据,从而降低上下行切换的间隔时间的长度。An embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method, which starts transceiver switching in advance and sends uplink data after the switching is completed, thereby reducing the length of the interval between uplink and downlink switching.
接下来以第一通信设备为终端,第二通信设备为基站为例进行示例说明。如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法基于终端实现的流程示意图,主要包括如下流程:Next, an example will be described by taking the first communication device as a terminal and the second communication device as a base station as an example. As shown in FIG. 5, it is a schematic flowchart of a terminal-based implementation of a data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which mainly includes the following processes:
S10、终端判断是否满足提前收发切换条件。S10. The terminal determines whether the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions are satisfied.
其中,终端可以判断是否满足提前进行收发信机切换的条件。Among them, the terminal can determine whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied.
如图6所示,为本申请实施例中提前进行收发信机切换的示意图。为减少信道多径带来的符号间干扰的问题,正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)系统中引入CP技术,CP1是将第一数据尾部的一段数据(即数据1)复制一份放置到第一数据的头部构成的。As shown in FIG. 6, it is a schematic diagram of the transceiver switching in advance in the embodiment of the present application. In order to reduce the problem of inter-symbol interference caused by channel multipath, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) system introduces CP technology, CP1 is to copy the data at the end of the first data (ie, data 1) A copy is placed on the head of the first data.
终端接收基站的调度信息,根据上行调度信息发送时刻t0,考虑到定时提前信息TA,计算第二数据的起始时刻:S1=t0-TA。终端根据定时信息,计算第一数据的结束时刻S0。The terminal receives the scheduling information of the base station, sends the time t0 according to the uplink scheduling information, and calculates the start time of the second data considering the timing advance information TA: S1=t0-TA. The terminal calculates the end time S0 of the first data according to the timing information.
提前进行收发信机切换的条件可以设置为:S1-S0>阈值1,且(S1-S0-CP)<阈值1,满足该条件可以执行S11。The condition for the transceiver switching in advance can be set as: S1-S0> threshold 1, and (S1-S0-CP) <threshold 1, the S11 can be executed if this condition is met.
其中,当S1-S0大于阈值1时,需要终端做额外其它的工作,比如阈值1=16us,大于16us时,终端需要进行LBT cat2过程,如果阈值1小于16us,不需要做LBT cat2。比如阈值1=25us,S1-S0大于阈值25us需要做LBT cat4过程,S1-S0小于阈值25us不需要做LBT cat4过程,而只需要做LBT cat2。Among them, when S1-S0 is greater than the threshold 1, the terminal needs to do additional work, such as threshold 1 = 16us, greater than 16us, the terminal needs to perform the LBT cat2 process, if the threshold 1 is less than 16us, do not need to do LBT cat2. For example, the threshold 1=25us, S1-S0 greater than the threshold 25us need to do LBTcat4 process, S1-S0 is less than the threshold 25us do not need to do LBTcat4 process, but only need to do LBTcat2.
S11、终端确定收发信机切换的提前量。S11. The terminal determines the advance amount of the transceiver switching.
其中,终端可以根据最后一个下行符号的CP长度来确定该提前量。The terminal may determine the advancement according to the CP length of the last downlink symbol.
举例说明如下,终端计算能够提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间点S2,如图6所示, 假设原来的收发切换的位置是第一数据的末位S0,下述步骤计算出来的提前量为d,则提前切换开始时间点S2=S0-d.提前切换结束时间点为S3=S1-d。As an example, the terminal calculates the advance time point S2 at which the transceiver can be switched in advance. As shown in FIG. 6, assuming that the original position of the transceiver switch is the last bit S0 of the first data, the advance calculated in the following steps is d, the early switching start time point S2=S0-d. The early switching end time point is S3=S1-d.
接下来说明计算CP长度的过程,终端根据符号的子载波间隔数值,以及CP类型计算和做收发切换相邻的下行符号的CP长度。如果利用当前参数,可以计算出CP的点数或者时间长度。Next, the process of calculating the CP length will be described. The terminal calculates and switches the CP length of the adjacent downlink symbol according to the subcarrier interval value of the symbol and the CP type. If the current parameters are used, the number of CP points or the length of time can be calculated.
需要说明的是,在5G系统中,1个时隙14个符号,在一个时隙中如果是符号0或者符号7,则对应的CP比其它符号的CP长一些需要增加一个常量,例如该常量为16个样点数值。It should be noted that in a 5G system, there are 14 symbols in a time slot. If the symbol is 0 or 7 in a time slot, the corresponding CP is longer than the CP of other symbols. A constant, such as the constant It is the value of 16 samples.
接下来说明计算提前切换时间点。利用CP补充原理,即CP起始点的位置和符号末位的数据具有相同的区域数据。确认数据序列重复(或者相似)的样点数。该样点数就是能够提前做收发切换的数据。需要说明的是,本步骤计算需要提前计算,且计算出来的提前切换量小于CP的长度。Next, the calculation of the early switching time point will be explained. Using the CP supplement principle, that is, the position of the CP starting point and the data at the end of the symbol have the same area data. Confirm the number of samples with repeated (or similar) data sequences. The sample points are the data that can be sent and received in advance. It should be noted that the calculation in this step needs to be calculated in advance, and the calculated early switching amount is less than the length of the CP.
在本申请实施例中,可以将提前量设置成d=CP长度,或者d=3/4CP长度,或者d=1/2的CP长度,只要能够满足步骤S0的目标。In the embodiment of the present application, the advancement amount may be set to d=CP length, or d=3/4CP length, or d=1/2 CP length, as long as the goal of step S0 can be met.
需要说明的是,步骤S10、S11的计算过程,可以在收到基站调度命令后即可进行。It should be noted that the calculation process of steps S10 and S11 can be performed after receiving the base station scheduling command.
S12、终端根据提前量,提前执行收发信机切换。S12. The terminal performs transceiver switching in advance according to the advance amount.
其中,终端可以根据提前计算的时间点,射频进行提前收发切换。Among them, the terminal can send and receive in advance according to the time point calculated in advance.
如图7所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种终端提前进行收发信机切换的终端结构示意图。收发信机可以包括:基带芯片、射频芯片、天线开关模块和天线。基带芯片用于基带处理,基带芯片可以包括:收发定时计算模块,射频芯片可以依次包括:数模转换模块、放大器、滤波器、混频器、放大器、滤波器。其中,基带芯片在S2时刻控制射频芯片的射频通道打开,基带芯片发送天线收发控制命令给天线收发模块,天线收发模块在S2时刻开始天线收发切换。As shown in FIG. 7, it is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application in which a terminal switches a transceiver in advance. The transceiver may include: a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, an antenna switch module, and an antenna. The baseband chip is used for baseband processing. The baseband chip may include: a transceiver timing calculation module, and the radio frequency chip may include: a digital-to-analog conversion module, an amplifier, a filter, a mixer, an amplifier, and a filter. Among them, the baseband chip controls the radio frequency channel of the radio frequency chip to open at S2, the baseband chip sends an antenna transceiver control command to the antenna transceiver module, and the antenna transceiver module starts antenna transceiver switching at S2.
举例说明如下,终端依据计算新的收发转换时间点,通过对天线开关模块和射频通道的控制,指示射频按照指示的时间点进行收发切换。如图6所示,假设原来的收发切换的位置是下行符号末位S0,上述步骤计算出来的提前量为d,提前切换开始时间点S2=S0-d,提前切换结束时间点为S3=S1-d,即从S3时刻天线可以开始发送第三数据(即CP2),在第三数据发送之后,再发送第二数据数据,其中,第三数据可以是从第二数据的尾部复制出的数据2。For example, as follows, the terminal instructs the radio frequency to switch between sending and receiving according to the indicated time point by controlling the antenna switch module and the radio frequency channel according to the calculation of the new sending and receiving switching time point. As shown in FIG. 6, assume that the original transmission and reception switching position is the last bit S0 of the downlink symbol, the advance amount calculated in the above steps is d, the early switching start time point S2=S0-d, and the early switching end time point is S3=S1 -d, that is, the antenna can start sending the third data (that is, CP2) from time S3, and then send the second data data after the third data is sent, where the third data can be data copied from the tail of the second data 2.
天线收发切换的命令发送,有两种实现方式:1:在切换时刻S2发送收发命令。2:计算完成提前量后,立即将上行数据发送给天线开关模块,由天线开关模块进行缓存,等到时刻到达时,命令生效,执行切换命令。There are two ways to implement the command transmission of antenna transceiver switching: 1: send and receive commands at switching time S2. 2: After the calculation is completed, the uplink data is immediately sent to the antenna switch module, which is buffered by the antenna switch module. When the time arrives, the command takes effect and the switching command is executed.
S13、终端补偿因提前执行收发切换而导致丢失的下行数据。S13. The terminal compensates for the downlink data lost due to the transmission and reception switching performed in advance.
其中,终端可以使用丢失下行符号数据的CP信息来补充丢失的下行数据。Among them, the terminal can use the CP information of the lost downlink symbol data to supplement the lost downlink data.
S14、终端根据提前量,先发送第三数据,再发送第二数据。S14. The terminal sends the third data according to the advance amount, and then sends the second data.
其中,终端发送的第三数据是图6中数据2构成的CP2。The third data sent by the terminal is CP2 composed of data 2 in FIG. 6.
在本申请实施例中,终端需要进行提前切换时间段d的数据填充和发送。在射频完成收发切换后,从切换完成到上行符号发送的时间段内,终端进行信号发送,发送的信号是 第三数据,该第三数据可以是从第二数据的尾部复制出的数据2,该第三数据可以作为第二数据的CP头部,第三数据还可以采用随机数填充得到。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal needs to perform data filling and transmission in the early switching time period d. After the radio frequency completes the transmission and reception switching, within the period from the completion of the switching to the transmission of the uplink symbol, the terminal transmits a signal, and the transmitted signal is third data, which may be data 2 copied from the end of the second data. The third data can be used as the CP header of the second data, and the third data can also be obtained by padding with random numbers.
首先说明从第二数据的尾部复制出数据的填充方法。如图8所示,为本申请实施例中发送符号中进行数据填充的示意图。原OFDM的数据为:First, the filling method of copying data from the end of the second data will be described. As shown in FIG. 8, it is a schematic diagram of data filling in sending symbols in an embodiment of the present application. The original OFDM data is:
X(N)=x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1);X(N) = x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
添加完CP后的数据为:The data after adding CP is:
X(N+CP)=x(N-CP),x(N-CP+1),x(N-CP+2),X(N-1),x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1);X(N+CP) = x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1);
则收发切换提前d个数据样点的补充数据为:Then the supplementary data of d data samples ahead of time for the sending and receiving switching is:
X(N-CP-d),X(N-CP-d+1),X(N-CP-d+2)…x(N-CP-1)。X(N-CP-d), X(N-CP-d+1), X(N-CP-d+2)...x(N-CP-1).
接下来说明接收信号的填补。因为提前切换,导致没有被全部接收的数据信号,利用符号头部的CP数据进行填充。Next, the padding of the received signal will be explained. Because of the early switching, not all the received data signals are filled with the CP data in the symbol header.
为更好的说明,假设提前量d=CP的长度。For a better explanation, it is assumed that the advance d = the length of CP.
如图9所示,为本申请实施例提供的补充后的完整数据示意图。假设在发送端,原OFDM的数据为:As shown in FIG. 9, it is a schematic diagram of supplemented complete data provided by an embodiment of the present application. Assume that at the sending end, the original OFDM data is:
X(N)=x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1);X(N) = x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
发送端添加完CP后的数据为:The data after the sending end adds the CP is:
X(N+CP)=x(N-CP),x(N-CP+1),x(N-CP+2),X(N-1),x(0),x(1),x(2)…X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1);X(N+CP) = x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2)...X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),...,X(N-1);
当没有做收发提前时,终端可以获取如下的OFMD数据:When the sending and receiving are not advanced, the terminal can obtain the following OFMD data:
X(N)=x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1);X(N) = x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X( N-1);
当收发转换切换提前时,提前量为d=CP个数据点,收到的符号数据信息为:When the transmission and reception switching is advanced, the advancement is d = CP data points, and the received symbol data information is:
X(N+CP-d)=x(N-CP),x(N-CP+1),x(N-CP+2),X(N-1),x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1-CP)。X(N+CP-d) = x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1) , x(2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1-CP).
将接收到序列前d个数据(d=CP)复制到被截取的序列上,则:Copy the first d data (d=CP) of the received sequence to the intercepted sequence, then:
X(N+CP)=x(N-CP),x(N-CP+1),x(N-CP+2),X(N-1),x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2)…X(N-1-CP),x(N-CP),x(N-CP+1),x(N-CP+2),…,X(N-1)。X(N+CP) = x(N-CP), x(N-CP+1), x(N-CP+2), X(N-1), x(0), x(1), x (2).. X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2)…X(N-1-CP), x(N-CP), x(N- CP+1), x(N-CP+2), ..., X(N-1).
从而终端可以得到OFDM数据:So that the terminal can get OFDM data:
X(N)=x(0),x(1),x(2)..X(N-CP),X(N-CP+1),X(N-CP+2)…X(N-1)。X(N) = x(0), x(1), x(2)... X(N-CP), X(N-CP+1), X(N-CP+2)...X(N- 1).
在本申请的一些实施例中,终端根据提前量,先发送第三数据,再发送第二数据,其中,第三数据可以是:截取部分待发送的第二数据的尾部数据,或者填充随机数,或者参考信号。其中,采用本申请实施例从第二数据的尾部复制出数据的填充方法,抗多径时延能力更强,对其它终端的影响小。第三数据为参考信号时可以起到辅助做信道估计或者能量统计的功能,提高解调性能。In some embodiments of the present application, the terminal sends the third data first and then the second data according to the advance amount, where the third data may be: intercepting the tail data of part of the second data to be sent, or padding random numbers , Or reference signal. The filling method of copying data from the tail of the second data according to the embodiment of the present application has stronger anti-multipath delay capability and less impact on other terminals. When the third data is a reference signal, it can play a role in assisting channel estimation or energy statistics to improve demodulation performance.
不限定的是,接收端还可以直接采用补零或者补充随机数的方法进行数据解调,从而简化数据的解调过程。It is not limited that the receiving end can also directly use zero-filling or random-number supplementing to demodulate data, thereby simplifying the data demodulation process.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,还可以将子载波间隔进行扩大,比如原来为15KHz,扩大到60KHz,这样平均符号长度由71.4us变为17.86us,可以在相关符号上发送参考信 号,增加做信道估计的资源,是的信道估计结果更准确,有助于接收端接收性能的提升。参考信号含义更广,除了作为唤醒信号、导频信号之外,还可以做信号强度测量等。例如发送唤醒信号让接收端进行开启数据接收过程,唤醒信号用于唤醒接收端开始接收并处理数据,导频信号用于接收端进行信道估计。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the subcarrier interval can also be expanded, for example, originally 15KHz to 60KHz, so that the average symbol length changes from 71.4us to 17.86us, and reference signals can be sent on the relevant symbols , Increase the resources for channel estimation, the result of channel estimation is more accurate, which helps to improve the receiving performance of the receiving end. The reference signal has a broader meaning. In addition to being a wake-up signal and a pilot signal, it can also be used for signal strength measurement. For example, a wake-up signal is sent to allow the receiving end to start the data receiving process. The wake-up signal is used to wake the receiving end to start receiving and processing data, and the pilot signal is used to perform channel estimation at the receiving end.
通过前述的举例说明可知,本申请实施例在不影响性能的情况下,利用CP特性提前进行收发信机切换,减少下行和上行之间的信号间隔时间数值。提前切换的时间最长可以是CP的长度,这样当CP越长,增益越明显。It can be known from the foregoing examples that, without affecting performance, the embodiments of the present application use the CP feature to switch transceivers in advance to reduce the value of the signal interval between downlink and uplink. The longest time for early switching can be the length of the CP, so that the longer the CP, the more obvious the gain.
如图10所示,为本申请实施例提供的另一种数据传输方法基于终端实现的流程示意图,主要包括如下流程:As shown in FIG. 10, it is a schematic flowchart of another terminal data transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application based on a terminal, mainly including the following processes:
S20:终端计算下行时隙末尾处未调度到的下行符号个数。S20: The terminal calculates the number of unscheduled downlink symbols at the end of the downlink time slot.
终端根据下行调度控制信息,确认需要接收的符号位置及个数。例如,可以从下行时隙最后一个符号往前来确定未调度符号。下行时隙末位有连续的符号没有调度时,即可认为是未调度到的下行符号。The terminal confirms the position and number of symbols to be received according to the downlink scheduling control information. For example, the unscheduled symbols can be determined from the last symbol of the downlink time slot. When there is a continuous symbol at the last bit of the downlink time slot that is not scheduled, it can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol.
如图11所示,为本申请实施例提供的利用未调度符号进行提前收发切换的示意图。图11中,现有技术中切换点在最后一个下行符提前进行收发信机切换,例如切换时间点为S2,切换结束时间点为S3。提前切换后的间隔时间相比于现有技术大大缩短。As shown in FIG. 11, it is a schematic diagram of using an unscheduled symbol for early transmission and reception switching provided by an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 11, in the prior art, the switching point performs the transceiver switching in advance at the last downlink symbol, for example, the switching time point is S2, and the switching end time point is S3. Compared with the prior art, the interval time after early switching is greatly shortened.
举例说明如下,临近上行时隙的下行时隙中,符号数总共有14个,编号为0-13。当下行调度信息指示符号0-10有调度给本终端的下行数据,但符号11-13没有被调度给本终端时,则认为总共有4个符号未被调度到,这4个符号可作为未调度符号。举例说明如下,:接收端接收调度信息和上下行时隙配比信息。其中,接收端接收基站发送的下行调度信息,调度信息可以是控制信道发送的调度信息,或者是高层信令配置的半静态调度信息。下行调度信息包含如下内容:调度时隙信息、数据起始符号位置和数据结束符号位置。其中,调度时隙信息可表示调度数据在哪个时隙中调度,数据起始符号位置表示调度数据的起始符号,数据结束符号位置表示调度数据的结束符号位置。An example is as follows. In the downlink time slot adjacent to the uplink time slot, there are 14 symbols in total, numbered 0-13. When the downlink scheduling information indicates that symbols 0-10 have downlink data scheduled for the terminal, but symbols 11-13 are not scheduled to the terminal, it is considered that there are a total of 4 symbols that have not been scheduled, and these 4 symbols can be regarded as unscheduled Scheduling symbol. An example is described as follows: the receiving end receives scheduling information and uplink and downlink time slot matching information. The receiving end receives the downlink scheduling information sent by the base station. The scheduling information may be scheduling information sent by the control channel, or semi-static scheduling information configured by high-level signaling. The downlink scheduling information includes the following contents: scheduling slot information, data start symbol position and data end symbol position. Wherein, the scheduling time slot information may indicate in which time slot the scheduling data is scheduled, the data start symbol position indicates the scheduling data start symbol, and the data end symbol position indicates the scheduling data end symbol position.
接收端接收基站发送的上下行时隙配比信息,该信息包括哪些子帧/时隙是配置成下行,哪些子帧/时隙配置成上行。然后接收端判断在下行符号的尾部是否有未调度的下行符号。假设上下行配比信息中,最接近上下行时隙或符号的时隙编号为n1,最后一个下行符号为符号L1。假设终端收到的下行调度中,如果n1时隙中,L1符号上没有对应的调度数据,则符号L1可以看做是未调度的下行符号。同样,如果在n1时隙中,如果L1-1的符号上没有对应的调度数据,则符号L1-1可以看做是未调度的下行符号,依次类推,可以判断更多是否有下行调度的符号。The receiving end receives uplink and downlink time slot matching information sent by the base station, and the information includes which subframes/slots are configured as downlink and which subframes/slots are configured as uplink. Then the receiving end judges whether there is an unscheduled downlink symbol at the end of the downlink symbol. Assume that in the uplink and downlink matching information, the slot number closest to the uplink and downlink time slots or symbols is n1, and the last downlink symbol is the symbol L1. Assume that in the downlink scheduling received by the terminal, if there is no corresponding scheduling data on the L1 symbol in the n1 time slot, the symbol L1 can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol. Similarly, if there is no corresponding scheduling data on the L1-1 symbol in the n1 time slot, the symbol L1-1 can be regarded as an unscheduled downlink symbol, and so on, and it can be judged whether there are more downlink scheduled symbols .
如图12所示,为本申请实施例提供的判断未调度的下行符号的示意图。1个时隙包含14个符号,14个符号中有10个是下行符号,4个是上行符号,在一个即含下行符号也含有上行符号的时隙中0-9符号是下行符号,但在7,8,9的三个符号中,没有调度给该终端的数据,因此7,8,9符号可以看做是未调度符号,可以用来做收发信机切换。As shown in FIG. 12, it is a schematic diagram of determining an unscheduled downlink symbol provided by an embodiment of the present application. One slot contains 14 symbols, 10 of the 14 symbols are downlink symbols, and 4 are uplink symbols. In a slot containing both downlink symbols and uplink symbols, 0-9 symbols are downlink symbols, but in Among the three symbols of 7, 8, and 9, there is no data scheduled for the terminal. Therefore, the symbols of 7, 8, and 9 can be regarded as unscheduled symbols and can be used for transceiver switching.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如果终端收到是广播信号调度信息,由于该广播信号是周期性发送的,对于终端来讲这次传输可以不进行接收,这些符号终端可以看做是未调度信号。如果终端判断当前接收的信号质量较好,对于最后1个或者2个调度符号即使不进行 接收,也不会影响用户的体验。终端也有可能把最后一些信号看做未调度符号。In some embodiments of the present application, if the terminal receives broadcast signal scheduling information, since the broadcast signal is sent periodically, the terminal may not receive the transmission for this time, and these symbol terminals can be regarded as unscheduled signal. If the terminal judges that the currently received signal quality is good, even if the last one or two scheduling symbols are not received, it will not affect the user experience. The terminal may also treat the last signals as unscheduled symbols.
S21、终端判断是否满足提前进行收发信机切换的条件。S21. The terminal determines whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied.
终端判断是否满足提前进行收发信机切换的条件。终端接收基站的调度信息,根据上行调度信息发送时刻t0,考虑到TA,计算发送时刻:S1=t0-TA。终端根据定时信息,计算下行符号结束时刻S0。The terminal judges whether the condition for switching the transceiver in advance is satisfied. The terminal receives the scheduling information of the base station, transmits the time t0 according to the uplink scheduling information, and calculates the transmission time in consideration of TA: S1=t0-TA. The terminal calculates the end time S0 of the downlink symbol according to the timing information.
如果S1-S0>阈值1,且(S1-S0-未调度符号数)<阈值1,则执行S22。当S1-S0大于阈值1时,需要终端做额外其它的工作,比如阈值1=16us,S1-S0大于16us需要进行LBT cat2过程,小于16us不需要做LBT cat2,比如阈值1=25us,S1-S0大于阈值25us需要做LBTcat4过程,S1-S0小于阈值25us不需要做LBT cat4过程,而只需要做LBT cat2。If S1-S0>threshold 1 and (S1-S0-number of unscheduled symbols)<threshold 1, S22 is executed. When S1-S0 is greater than the threshold 1, the terminal needs to do additional work, such as threshold 1 = 16us, S1-S0 is greater than 16us, LBT cat2 process is required, and less than 16us, LBT cat2 is not required, such as threshold 1 = 25us, S1- S0 greater than the threshold of 25us requires LBTcat4 process, S1-S0 is less than the threshold of 25us does not need LBTcat4 process, but only need to do LBTcat2.
S22、终端根据提前量,提前执行收发信机切换。S22. The terminal performs transceiver switching in advance according to the advance amount.
其中,终端可以利用未调度符号提前进行收发信机切换,例如终端解析下行调度信息,如果在下行最后一个符号上没有需要接收的数据,则提前进行收发信机切换。Among them, the terminal can use the unscheduled symbol to switch the transceiver in advance, for example, the terminal analyzes the downlink scheduling information, and if there is no data to be received on the last symbol of the downlink, the transceiver switch is performed in advance.
S23、终端根据提前量先发送第三数据,再发送第二数据。S23. The terminal first sends the third data according to the advance, and then sends the second data.
假设原来的收发切换的位置是下行符号末位S0,上述步骤计算出来的提前量为d符号,则提前切换开始时间点S2=S0-d,提前切换结束时间点为S3=S2-d。即从S3时刻天线可以开始发送第三数据,在第三数据发送之后,在第二数据的起始时刻发送第二数据。Assuming that the original transmission/reception switching position is the last symbol S0 of the downlink symbol, and the advance calculated in the above step is the d symbol, then the early switching start time point S2=S0-d, and the early switching end time point is S3=S2-d. That is, the antenna can start sending the third data from time S3, and after the third data is sent, the second data is sent at the start time of the second data.
需要说明的是:如果计算出来的d过大,即终端收发切换完毕后的时间早于下行符号的结束时间,为了减少终端发送第三信号而造成对其它用户造成干扰,需要控制实际上行发送的信号不能早于下行的结束时刻,本申请实施例可以限制提前进行收发信机切换的时间,假设最后下行符号的结束时间为S0,终端完成收发切换时间为S3,则S3不能早于S0。又如本申请实施例还可以在收发信机切换之后,控制发射信号的功率,假设最后下行符号的结束时间为S0,假设终端最小发射功率限定为P0,在射频控制中,终端发送功率在S0之前都不大于P0。It should be noted that if the calculated d is too large, that is, the time after the terminal sends and receives the switchover is earlier than the end time of the downlink symbol, in order to reduce the interference caused by the terminal sending the third signal to other users, it is necessary to control the actual line transmission. The signal cannot be earlier than the end time of the downlink. The embodiment of the present application can limit the time for the transceiver switching in advance. Assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0 and the terminal completes the transmission and reception switching time is S3, S3 cannot be earlier than S0. As another embodiment of the present application, it is also possible to control the power of the transmitted signal after the transceiver is switched, assuming that the end time of the last downlink symbol is S0 and the minimum transmission power of the terminal is limited to P0. In radio frequency control, the terminal transmission power is at S0 It was not greater than P0 before.
如图13所示,为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端提前进行收发信机切换的终端结构示意图。收发信机可以包括:基带芯片、射频芯片、天线开关模块和天线。基带芯片用于基带处理,基带芯片可以包括:收发定时计算模块和未调度符号计算模块,射频芯片可以依次包括:数模转换模块、放大器、滤波器、混频器、放大器、滤波器。其中,未调度符号计算模块首先确定未调度符号,基带芯片在S2时刻控制射频芯片的射频通道打开,基带芯片发送天线收发控制命令给天线收发模块,天线收发模块在S2时刻开始天线收发切换。As shown in FIG. 13, it is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application in which a terminal switches a transceiver in advance. The transceiver may include: a baseband chip, a radio frequency chip, an antenna switch module, and an antenna. The baseband chip is used for baseband processing. The baseband chip may include: a transceiver timing calculation module and an unscheduled symbol calculation module, and the radio frequency chip may include: a digital-to-analog conversion module, an amplifier, a filter, a mixer, an amplifier, and a filter. The unscheduled symbol calculation module first determines the unscheduled symbol, the baseband chip controls the radio frequency channel of the radio frequency chip to open at S2, the baseband chip sends an antenna transceiver control command to the antenna transceiver module, and the antenna transceiver module starts antenna transceiver switching at S2.
本申请实施例中利用未调度符号时间,提前进行收发信机切换,从而可以减少上下行切换的间隔时间。In the embodiment of the present application, the unscheduled symbol time is used to switch the transceiver in advance, thereby reducing the interval time between uplink and downlink switching.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,终端还可以从一个系统来接收数据,切换到另外一个系统进行发送数据,由于切换时间的影响,导致接收性能下降,本申请实施例中可以减少该切换时间。又如基于LTE的系统和基于NR的系统共存的情况,终端需要从这两个系统中来回切换,本申请实施例中可以减少该切换时间。又如基于NR系统的基站到终端的UU口和终端与终端之间的PC5口,存在时分切换的场景,本申请实施例中可以减少该切换时间。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may also receive data from one system and switch to another system to send data. Due to the impact of the switching time, the reception performance is reduced, and the switching may be reduced in the embodiment of the present application time. Another example is the case where the LTE-based system and the NR-based system coexist, and the terminal needs to switch back and forth from the two systems. In this embodiment of the present application, the switching time can be reduced. Another example is the UU port from the base station to the terminal based on the NR system and the PC5 port between the terminal and the terminal. There is a time-division switching scenario, and the switching time can be reduced in the embodiments of the present application.
需要说明的是,对于前述的各方法实施例,为了简单描述,故将其都表述为一系列的 动作组合,但是本领域技术人员应该知悉,本申请并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制,因为依据本申请,某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同时进行。其次,本领域技术人员也应该知悉,说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例,所涉及的动作和模块并不一定是本申请所必须的。It should be noted that, for the sake of simple description, the foregoing method embodiments are all expressed as a series of action combinations, but those skilled in the art should know that this application is not limited by the sequence of actions described. Because according to this application, certain steps can be performed in other orders or simultaneously. Secondly, those skilled in the art should also know that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and modules involved are not necessarily required by this application.
为便于更好的实施本申请实施例的上述方案,下面还提供用于实施上述方案的相关装置。To facilitate better implementation of the above solutions of the embodiments of the present application, related devices for implementing the above solutions are also provided below.
请参阅图14-a所示,本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备,所述通信设备具体为第一通信设备1400,所述第一通信设备1400包括:处理器1401、存储器1402和发射器1403;Referring to FIG. 14-a, a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application, the communication device is specifically a first communication device 1400, and the first communication device 1400 includes: a processor 1401, a memory 1402, and a transmitter 1403;
所述处理器1401,用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二数据的起始时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,所述第一数据由第二通信设备发送,所述第二数据为所述第一通信设备的待发送数据;The processor 1401 is configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first In the sending and receiving interval, the first data is sent by a second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device;
所述处理器1401,还用于根据所述第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定所述第三数据的发送时刻,其中,所述提前量根据传输所述第一数据的时间单元信息确定,所述第三数据为所述第一通信设备填充在所述第二数据的前端的数据,所述第三数据的发送时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且所述第二收发间隔小于所述第一收发间隔;The processor 1401 is further configured to determine the sending time of the third data according to the start time and the advance amount of the second data, wherein the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data , The third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second A transceiver interval, and the second transceiver interval is smaller than the first transceiver interval;
所述存储器1402,用于存储所述发射器1403和所述处理器1401的数据和指令;The memory 1402 is used to store data and instructions of the transmitter 1403 and the processor 1401;
所述发射器1403,用于在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The transmitter 1403 is configured to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then send to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data The second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图14-b所示,所述第一通信设备1400,还包括:射频收发模块1404,其中,In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14-b, the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
所述提前量用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度;The advance amount is used to indicate the advance time length of the transceiver switching in advance;
所述处理器1401,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一数据的结束时刻和所述提前量确定所述收发信机切换的起始时刻;The processor 1401 is further configured to determine the start of the switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data time;
所述处理器1401,还用于控制所述射频收发模块在所述收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;The processor 1401 is also used to control the radio frequency transceiver module to perform transceiver switching at the starting moment of the transceiver switching;
所述处理器1401,还用于当所述收发信机切换结束之后,控制所述发射器1403在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor 1401 is further configured to control the transmitter 1403 to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending moment of the third data after the switching of the transceiver is completed, and then The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述处理器1401,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一收发间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀CP长度信息确定所述第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further used to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, according to the first transceiver interval and the transmission of the first data The cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit determines whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述处理器1401,还用于当所述第一通信设备满足所述提前收发切换条件时,根据传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定所述提前量。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further configured to: according to the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data when the first communication device satisfies the pre-receive switching condition Determine the advance.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述处理器1401,还用于获取所述第一数据的子载波间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP类型信息;根据所述第一数据的子载波间隔和所述CP类型信息确定传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further configured to acquire the subcarrier interval of the first data and the CP type information of the last time unit transmitting the first data; according to the first The subcarrier interval of the data and the CP type information determine the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,述处理器1401,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据;根据未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元确定所述提前量。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further configured to determine the unscheduled according to the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data For the time unit of the first communication device, the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; the advance amount is determined according to the time unit not scheduled for the first communication device.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述存储器1402存储的所述未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元包括如下时间单元的至少一种:In some embodiments of the present application, the time unit that is not scheduled to the first communication device and stored in the memory 1402 includes at least one of the following time units:
没有向所述第一通信设备调度数据的时间单元、调度所述第一通信设备已经接收的数据的时间单元、向除所述第一通信设备以外的其它通信设备调度数据的时间单元。There is no time unit for scheduling data to the first communication device, a time unit for scheduling data that the first communication device has received, and a time unit for scheduling data to other communication devices than the first communication device.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图14-b所示,所述第一通信设备1400,还包括:射频收发模块1404,其中,In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14-b, the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
所述处理器1401,还用于当所述第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在所述第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器1403在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the end time of the first data when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronous carriers; when the When the transceiver switching ends, the transmitter 1403 is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data at the end time of the transceiver switching, and then send The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图14-b所示,所述第一通信设备1400,还包括:射频收发模块1404,其中,In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14-b, the first communication device 1400 further includes: a radio frequency transceiver module 1404, where,
所述处理器1401,还用于当所述第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在传输所述第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器1403在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver when the first data transmission ends at the latest when the first data is transmitted through multiple asynchronous carriers; When the transceiver switching ends, the transmitter 1403 is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data at the end time of the transceiver switching, and then send Sending the second data to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述发射器1403,还用于向所述第二通信设备发送多载波误差信息,所述多载波误差信息用于指示多个载波之间的同步误差时间长度。In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 1403 is further configured to send multi-carrier error information to the second communication device, and the multi-carrier error information is used to indicate a synchronization error time length between multiple carriers .
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述发射器1403,还用于向所述第二通信设备发送射频能力信息,所述射频能力信息用于指示所述第一通信设备执行收发信机切换的时间长度,以及用于指示所述第一通信设备是否支持提前进行收发信机切换。In some embodiments of the present application, the transmitter 1403 is further configured to send radio frequency capability information to the second communication device, where the radio frequency capability information is used to instruct the first communication device to perform transceiver switching The length of time, and used to indicate whether the first communication device supports transceiver switching in advance.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图14-c所示,所述第一通信设备1400还包括:接收器1405,其中,In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14-c, the first communication device 1400 further includes: a receiver 1405, where,
所述接收器1405,用于接收所述第二通信设备发送的第二调度信息,所述第二调度信息包括如下三种参数的至少一种:第一调度参数、第二调度参数和第三调度参数,所述第一调度参数用于指示所述第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备是否提前进行收发信机切换,所述第三调度参数用于指示所述第一通信设备的先听后说LBT参数;The receiver 1405 is configured to receive second scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the second scheduling information includes at least one of the following three parameters: a first scheduling parameter, a second scheduling parameter, and a third A scheduling parameter, the first scheduling parameter is used to indicate a starting moment of the second data, the second scheduling parameter is used to indicate whether the first communication device performs transceiver switching in advance, and the third scheduling The parameter is used to instruct the first communication device to listen to and then speak the LBT parameter;
所述处理器1401,还用于根据所述第一调度参数确定所述第二数据的起始时刻,以及根据所述第二调度参数确定是否提前进行收发信机切换,以及根据所述第三调度参数确定所述LBT参数。The processor 1401 is further configured to determine the start time of the second data according to the first scheduling parameter, and determine whether to perform transceiver switching in advance according to the second scheduling parameter, and according to the third Scheduling parameters determine the LBT parameters.
在本申请的一些实施例中,如图14-c所示,所述第一通信设备1400还包括:接收器 1405,其中,In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14-c, the first communication device 1400 further includes: a receiver 1405, where,
所述接收器1405,用于接收所述第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,所述第三调度信息用于指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The receiver 1405 is configured to receive third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters;
所述处理器1401,还用于确定所述第二通信设备指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The processor 1401 is further configured to determine that the second communication device indicates that the first communication device obtains LBT parameters;
所述处理器1401,还用于根据所述第一收发间隔或者所述第二收发间隔获取所述LBT参数。The processor 1401 is further configured to obtain the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述存储器1402存储的所述第三数据的发送时刻晚于所述第一数据的结束时刻。In some embodiments of the present application, the sending time of the third data stored in the memory 1402 is later than the ending time of the first data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述处理器1401,还用于在所述第一数据的结束时刻到达之前,控制射频发送功率小于或等于预置的发射功率阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further configured to control the radio frequency transmission power to be less than or equal to a preset transmission power threshold before the end time of the first data arrives.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述处理器1401,还用于获取所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第四调度信息用于调度所述第二数据;In some embodiments of the present application, the processor 1401 is further configured to acquire first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first Data, the fourth scheduling information is used to schedule the second data;
所述处理器1401,还用于根据所述第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定所述第一数据的结束时刻;以及,根据所述第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息TA确定所述第二数据的起始时刻。The processor 1401 is further configured to determine the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and, according to the time domain information indication and preset timing of the fourth scheduling information The advance information TA determines the start time of the second data.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述存储器1402存储的所述第三数据为从所述第二数据中复制出的一段数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,所述第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。In some embodiments of the present application, the third data stored in the memory 1402 is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, and the length of the third data is equal to The advance.
通过前述实施例的举例说明可知,第一通信设备首先确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,第二数据的起始时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,第一数据由第二通信设备发送,第二数据为第一通信设备的待发送数据,第一通信设备接下来根据第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,提前量根据传输第一数据的时间单元信息确定,第三数据为第一通信设备填充在第二数据的前端的数据,第三数据的发送时刻减去第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,第一通信设备在第三数据的发送时刻向第二通信设备发送第三数据,然后在第二数据的起始时刻向第二通信设备发送第二数据。本申请实施例中基于第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定出了第三数据的发送时刻,从而使得在第二数据的起始时刻之前先发送第三数据,本申请实施例中第二收发间隔小于第一收发间隔,即从接收第一数据切换为发送第三数据的间隔时间小于从接收第一数据切换为发送第二数据的间隔时间,减少了上下行切换的间隔时间的长度,从而保证系统通信的稳定性和数据调度的可预期性。It can be known from the examples in the foregoing embodiments that the first communication device first determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is In the first transmission and reception interval, the first data is sent by the second communication device, the second data is the data to be sent by the first communication device, and the first communication device next determines the third data according to the start time and advance of the second data The sending time, the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, the third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the sending time of the third data minus the end time of the first data The time period is the second sending and receiving interval, and the second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval. The first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends The second communication device sends the second data. In the embodiment of the present application, the sending time of the third data is determined based on the starting time and the advance of the second data, so that the third data is sent before the starting time of the second data, the second in the embodiment of the present application The sending and receiving interval is shorter than the first sending and receiving interval, that is, the interval between switching from receiving the first data to sending the third data is shorter than the switching from receiving the first data to sending the second data, which reduces the length of the uplink and downlink switching interval, So as to ensure the stability of system communication and the predictability of data scheduling.
需要说明的是,上述装置各模块/单元之间的信息交互、执行过程等内容,由于与本申请方法实施例基于同一构思,其带来的技术效果与本申请方法实施例相同,具体内容可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the information interaction and execution process between the modules/units of the above device are based on the same concept as the method embodiment of the present application, and the technical effects brought by the same are the same as the method embodiment of the present application, and the specific content can be Please refer to the description in the method embodiment shown in the foregoing of the present application, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,其中,该计算机存储介质存储有程序,该程序执行包括上述方法实施例中记载的部分或全部步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program executes some or all of the steps described in the foregoing method embodiments.
接下来介绍本申请实施例提供的另一种第一通信设备,请参阅图15所示,第一通信设备1500包括:Next, another first communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced. Referring to FIG. 15, the first communication device 1500 includes:
接收器1501、发射器1502、处理器1503和存储器1504(其中第一通信设备1500中的处理器1503的数量可以一个或多个,图15中以一个处理器为例)。在本申请的一些实施例中,接收器1501、发射器1502、处理器1503和存储器1504可通过总线或其它方式连接,其中,图15中以通过总线连接为例。The receiver 1501, the transmitter 1502, the processor 1503, and the memory 1504 (wherein the number of the processor 1503 in the first communication device 1500 may be one or more, and one processor is taken as an example in FIG. 15). In some embodiments of the present application, the receiver 1501, the transmitter 1502, the processor 1503, and the memory 1504 may be connected by a bus or other means, and FIG. 15 takes the connection by a bus as an example.
存储器1504可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器1503提供指令和数据。存储器1504的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(non-volatile random access memory,NVRAM)。存储器1504存储有操作系统和操作指令、可执行模块或者数据结构,或者它们的子集,或者它们的扩展集,其中,操作指令可包括各种操作指令,用于实现各种操作。操作系统可包括各种系统程序,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。The memory 1504 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor 1503. A part of the memory 1504 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (non-volatile random access memory, NVRAM). The memory 1504 stores an operating system and operation instructions, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof, where the operation instructions may include various operation instructions for implementing various operations. The operating system may include various system programs for implementing various basic services and processing hardware-based tasks.
处理器1503控制第一通信设备的操作,处理器1503还可以称为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)。具体的应用中,第一通信设备的各个组件通过总线系统耦合在一起,其中总线系统除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都称为总线系统。The processor 1503 controls the operation of the first communication device. The processor 1503 may also be referred to as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU). In a specific application, each component of the first communication device is coupled together through a bus system, where the bus system may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus, in addition to a data bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are called bus systems in the figure.
上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1503中,或者由处理器1503实现。处理器1503可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1503中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1503可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1504,处理器1503读取存储器1504中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the above embodiments of the present application may be applied to the processor 1503 or implemented by the processor 1503. The processor 1503 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1503 or an instruction in the form of software. The processor 1503 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware decoding processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module may be located in a mature storage medium in the art, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, and registers. The storage medium is located in the memory 1504. The processor 1503 reads the information in the memory 1504 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with the hardware.
接收器1501可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与第一通信设备的相关设置以及功能控制有关的信号输入,发射器1502可包括显示屏等显示设备,发射器1502可用于通过外接接口输出数字或字符信息。The receiver 1501 can be used to receive input digital or character information, and generate signal input related to the settings and function control of the first communication device. The transmitter 1502 can include a display device such as a display screen, and the transmitter 1502 can be used to connect through an external interface Output number or character information.
本申请实施例中,处理器1503,用于执行前述第一通信设备实现的数据传输方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1503 is configured to execute the foregoing data transmission method implemented by the first communication device.
在另一种可能的设计中,当第一通信设备为终端内的芯片时,芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该终端内的芯片执行上述第一方面任意一项的无线通信方法。可选地,所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In another possible design, when the first communication device is a chip in the terminal, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, input/output Interfaces, pins or circuits, etc. The processing unit can execute the computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the chip in the terminal executes the wireless communication method of any one of the first aspect. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit in the chip, such as a register, a cache, etc. The storage unit may also be a storage unit in the terminal outside the chip, such as a read-only memory (read -only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), etc.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述数据传输方法的程序执行的集成电路。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the above data transmission method.
另外需说明的是,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,其中所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外,本申请提供的装置实施例附图中,模块之间的连接关系表示它们之间具有通信连接,具体可以实现为一条或多条通信总线或信号线。In addition, it should be noted that the device embodiments described above are only schematic, wherein the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be The physical unit can be located in one place or can be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment. In addition, in the drawings of the device embodiments provided in the present application, the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection between them, which may be specifically implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过专用硬件包括专用集成电路、专用CPU、专用存储器、专用元器件等来实现。一般情况下,凡由计算机程序完成的功能都可以很容易地用相应的硬件来实现,而且,用来实现同一功能的具体硬件结构也可以是多种多样的,例如模拟电路、数字电路或专用电路等。但是,对本申请而言更多情况下软件程序实现是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中,如计算机的软盘、U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general-purpose hardware. Of course, dedicated hardware can also include dedicated integrated circuits, dedicated CPUs, dedicated memories, Special components and so on. In general, all functions completed by computer programs can be easily implemented with corresponding hardware, and the specific hardware structure used to achieve the same function can also be diverse, such as analog circuits, digital circuits, or dedicated Circuit etc. However, for the present application, software program implementation is a better embodiment in more cases. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can essentially be embodied in the form of a software product that contributes to the existing technology, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk , U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., including several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform the methods described in various embodiments of the present application .
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmit to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device including a server, a data center, and the like integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, Solid State Disk (SSD)), or the like.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that it includes:
    第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二数据的起始时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,所述第一数据由第二通信设备发送,所述第二数据为所述第一通信设备的待发送数据;The first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data. The time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transceiver interval. The first data is sent by a second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定第三数据的发送时刻,其中,所述提前量根据传输所述第一数据的时间单元信息确定,所述第三数据为所述第一通信设备填充在所述第二数据的前端的数据,所述第三数据的发送时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且所述第二收发间隔小于所述第一收发间隔;The first communication device determines the transmission time of the third data according to the start time and the advancement amount of the second data, wherein the advancement amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, and the third The data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving interval, and The second sending and receiving interval is smaller than the first sending and receiving interval;
    所述第一通信设备在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then sends the third data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data Second data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述提前量用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度;The method according to claim 1, wherein the advance amount is used to indicate a length of advance time for a transceiver switch in advance;
    所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:After the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, the method further includes:
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一数据的结束时刻和所述提前量确定所述收发信机切换的起始时刻;The first communication device determines the start time of switching of the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount;
    所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;The first communication device performs transceiver switching at the starting moment of the transceiver switching;
    当所述收发信机切换结束之后,触发执行如下步骤:所述第一通信设备在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。When the switching of the transceiver is completed, the following steps are triggered: the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the moment of sending the third data, and then sends the third data The second data is sent to the second communication device at the beginning of the data.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一收发间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀CP长度信息确定所述第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。The first communication device determines whether the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmission switching condition according to the first transceiving interval and the cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    当所述第一通信设备满足所述提前收发切换条件时,所述第一通信设备根据传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定所述提前量。When the first communication device satisfies the early transmission/reception switching condition, the first communication device determines the advance amount according to the CP length information of the last time unit transmitting the first data.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein after the first communication device determines the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据;The first communication device determines a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device according to the first scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data;
    所述第一通信设备根据未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元确定所述提前量。The first communication device determines the advancement according to a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronization carriers, the method further includes:
    所述第一通信设备在所述第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;The first communication device switches the transceiver at the end time of the first data;
    当所述收发信机切换结束时,所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备 发送所述第二数据。When the switching of the transceiver ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then at the beginning of the second data Sending the second data to the second communication device at any time.
  7. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein when the first data is transmitted through multiple non-synchronized carriers, the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备在传输所述第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;The first communication device switches the transceiver when the transmission of the first data ends at the latest;
    当所述收发信机切换结束时,所述第一通信设备在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。When the switching of the transceiver ends, the first communication device sends the third data to the second communication device at the end of the switching of the transceiver, and then at the beginning of the second data Sending the second data to the second communication device at any time.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信设备接收所述第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,所述第三调度信息用于指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The first communication device receives third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters;
    所述第一通信设备确定所述第二通信设备指示由所述第一通信设备获取所述LBT参数;The first communication device determines that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameter;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一收发间隔或者所述第二收发间隔获取所述LBT参数。The first communication device acquires the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first communication device determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data includes:
    所述第一通信设备获取所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第四调度信息用于调度所述第二数据;The first communication device obtains first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, the first scheduling information is used for scheduling the first data, and the fourth scheduling information is used for scheduling Describe the second data;
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定所述第一数据的结束时刻;以及,The first communication device determines the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and,
    所述第一通信设备根据所述第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息TA确定所述第二数据的起始时刻。The first communication device determines the start time of the second data according to the time domain information indication of the fourth scheduling information and preset timing advance information TA.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三数据为从所述第二数据中复制出的一段数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,所述第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the third data is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference signal, the third The length of the data is equal to the amount of advance.
  11. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,所述通信设备具体为第一通信设备,所述第一通信设备包括:处理器、存储器和发射器;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is specifically a first communication device, and the first communication device includes: a processor, a memory, and a transmitter;
    所述处理器,用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻,所述第二数据的起始时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第一收发间隔,所述第一数据由第二通信设备发送,所述第二数据为所述第一通信设备的待发送数据;The processor is configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the start time of the second data is the first transceiver At intervals, the first data is sent by a second communication device, and the second data is data to be sent by the first communication device;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二数据的起始时刻和提前量确定所述第三数据的发送时刻,其中,所述提前量根据传输所述第一数据的时间单元信息确定,所述第三数据为所述第一通信设备填充在所述第二数据的前端的数据,所述第三数据的发送时刻减去所述第一数据的结束时刻得到的时间段为第二收发间隔,且所述第二收发间隔小于所述第一收发间隔;The processor is further configured to determine the sending time of the third data according to the starting time and the advance amount of the second data, wherein the advance amount is determined according to the time unit information for transmitting the first data, The third data is the data filled by the first communication device at the front end of the second data, and the time period obtained by subtracting the end time of the first data from the sending time of the third data is the second sending and receiving Interval, and the second transceiver interval is smaller than the first transceiver interval;
    所述存储器,用于存储所述发射器和所述处理器的数据和指令;The memory is used to store data and instructions of the transmitter and the processor;
    所述发射器,用于在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The transmitter is configured to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending time of the third data, and then send the data to the second communication device at the starting time of the second data The second data.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射 频收发模块,其中,The communication device according to claim 11, wherein the first communication device further comprises: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein,
    所述提前量用于指示提前进行收发信机切换的提前时间长度;The advance amount is used to indicate the advance time length of the transceiver switching in advance;
    所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一数据的结束时刻和所述提前量确定所述收发信机切换的起始时刻;The processor is further configured to determine the start time of switching the transceiver according to the end time of the first data and the advance amount after determining the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data ;
    所述处理器,还用于控制所述射频收发模块在所述收发信机切换的起始时刻进行收发信机切换;The processor is also used to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the start time of the transceiver switching;
    所述处理器,还用于当所述收发信机切换结束之后,控制所述发射器在所述第三数据的发送时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor is further configured to control the transmitter to send the third data to the second communication device at the sending moment of the third data after the switching of the transceiver is completed, and then The second data is sent to the second communication device at the starting moment of the second data.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第一收发间隔和传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的循环前缀CP长度信息确定所述第一通信设备是否满足提前收发切换条件。The communication device according to claim 12, wherein the processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, according to the first transceiver interval and transmit the The cyclic prefix CP length information of the last time unit of the first data determines whether the first communication device meets the pre-transmit and receive switching conditions.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于当所述第一通信设备满足所述提前收发切换条件时,根据传输所述第一数据的最后一个时间单元的CP长度信息确定所述提前量。The communication device according to claim 13, wherein the processor is further configured to, according to the last time unit for transmitting the first data, when the first communication device satisfies the pre-transmit/receive switching condition The CP length information determines the advance.
  15. 根据权利要求11或12所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于确定第一数据的结束时刻和第二数据的起始时刻之后,根据所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息确定未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据;根据未调度给所述第一通信设备的时间单元确定所述提前量。The communication device according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the processor is further configured to determine after the end time of the first data and the start time of the second data, according to the configuration of the second communication device The first scheduling information determines a time unit not scheduled to the first communication device, and the first scheduling information is used to schedule the first data; the advance is determined according to the time unit not scheduled to the first communication device the amount.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射频收发模块,其中,The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the first communication device further comprises: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein,
    所述处理器,还用于当所述第一数据通过单个载波或者多个同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在所述第一数据的结束时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the end of the first data when the first data is transmitted through a single carrier or multiple synchronous carriers; when the transceiver When the switchover of the transceiver is completed, the transmitter is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the end time of the switchover of the transceiver, and then to the second communication device at the start time of the second data The second communication device sends the second data.
  17. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备,还包括:射频收发模块,其中,The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the first communication device further comprises: a radio frequency transceiver module, wherein,
    所述处理器,还用于当所述第一数据通过多个非同步载波传输时,控制所述射频收发模块在传输所述第一数据最晚结束的时刻进行收发信机切换;当所述收发信机切换结束时,控制所述发射器在所述收发信机切换的结束时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第三数据,然后在所述第二数据的起始时刻向所述第二通信设备发送所述第二数据。The processor is further configured to control the radio frequency transceiver module to switch the transceiver at the latest time when the transmission of the first data ends when the first data is transmitted through multiple asynchronous carriers; When the transceiver switching ends, the transmitter is controlled to send the third data to the second communication device at the end of the transceiver switching, and then to the second communication device at the beginning of the second data The second communication device sends the second data.
  18. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一通信设备还包括:接收器,其中,The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the first communication device further comprises: a receiver, wherein,
    所述接收器,用于接收所述第二通信设备发送的第三调度信息,所述第三调度信息用于指示由所述第一通信设备获取LBT参数;The receiver is configured to receive third scheduling information sent by the second communication device, where the third scheduling information is used to instruct the first communication device to obtain LBT parameters;
    所述处理器,还用于确定所述第二通信设备指示由所述第一通信设备获取所述LBT参数;The processor is further configured to determine that the second communication device instructs the first communication device to obtain the LBT parameter;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一收发间隔或者所述第二收发间隔获取所述LBT参数。The processor is further configured to acquire the LBT parameter according to the first transceiver interval or the second transceiver interval.
  19. 根据权利要求11至18中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器,还用于获取所述第二通信设备配置的第一调度信息和第四调度信息,所述第一调度信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第四调度信息用于调度所述第二数据;The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the processor is further configured to acquire first scheduling information and fourth scheduling information configured by the second communication device, and the first One piece of scheduling information is used to schedule the first data, and the fourth piece of scheduling information is used to schedule the second data;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第一调度信息的时间域信息指示确定所述第一数据的结束时刻;以及,根据所述第四调度信息的时间域信息指示和预置的定时提前信息TA确定所述第二数据的起始时刻。The processor is further configured to determine the end time of the first data according to the time domain information indication of the first scheduling information; and, according to the time domain information indication and preset timing advance of the fourth scheduling information The information TA determines the start time of the second data.
  20. 根据权利要求11至19中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述存储器存储的所述第三数据为从所述第二数据中复制出的一段数据,或者随机数,或者参考信号,所述第三数据的长度等于所述提前量。The communication device according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein the third data stored in the memory is a piece of data copied from the second data, or a random number, or a reference Signal, the length of the third data is equal to the advance.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium including instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-10.
  22. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-10任意一项所述的方法。A computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method of any one of claims 1-10.
PCT/CN2018/125313 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Data transmission method and communication device WO2020133340A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/125313 WO2020133340A1 (en) 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Data transmission method and communication device
CN201880090224.2A CN111771410B (en) 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Data transmission method and communication equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/125313 WO2020133340A1 (en) 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Data transmission method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020133340A1 true WO2020133340A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Family

ID=71128502

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/125313 WO2020133340A1 (en) 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Data transmission method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111771410B (en)
WO (1) WO2020133340A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022047750A1 (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Lbt parameter determining method and apparatus, device and medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114727378A (en) * 2021-01-04 2022-07-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and communication device for time synchronization

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017136759A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for contention access
CN107801244A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-13 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Configure the method, apparatus and user equipment of transmission intercal
CN108370591A (en) * 2015-12-11 2018-08-03 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Timing advance in lbt systems
CN108496390A (en) * 2018-04-11 2018-09-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method and device, base station in unauthorized cell and user equipment
CN109075946A (en) * 2016-02-29 2018-12-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 For conveyer can be spaced in multicarrier transmission technology

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015062059A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 华为技术有限公司 Timing advance adjustment method and device
EP3419322B1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2021-08-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Signal transmission method, a terminal device, and an apparatus
CN107528668B (en) * 2016-06-21 2021-09-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and equipment

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108370591A (en) * 2015-12-11 2018-08-03 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Timing advance in lbt systems
WO2017136759A1 (en) * 2016-02-04 2017-08-10 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for contention access
CN109075946A (en) * 2016-02-29 2018-12-21 瑞典爱立信有限公司 For conveyer can be spaced in multicarrier transmission technology
CN107801244A (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-03-13 北京佰才邦技术有限公司 Configure the method, apparatus and user equipment of transmission intercal
CN108496390A (en) * 2018-04-11 2018-09-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method and device, base station in unauthorized cell and user equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022047750A1 (en) * 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Lbt parameter determining method and apparatus, device and medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111771410A (en) 2020-10-13
CN111771410B (en) 2023-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10764886B2 (en) Data transmission method, wireless network device, and communications system
RU2663220C1 (en) Wireless device, first network unit and corresponding methods
JP7156477B2 (en) Method, user equipment and base station
JP7238095B2 (en) Methods and devices for discontinuous transmission
WO2019080817A1 (en) Signal configuration method and related device
US20200163097A1 (en) Communication method, network device, and relay device
WO2018192015A1 (en) Method and device for configuring time-frequency resource transmission direction
US10554794B2 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus in TDD system
EP3668228B1 (en) Sending method, receiving method, device, and system for sounding reference signals
WO2020164576A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
TW201836410A (en) Method for signal transmission, terminal equipment, and network equipment
WO2019056370A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2022501917A (en) LBT monitoring failure handling method, equipment and system
US20200322937A1 (en) Information indication method, terminal device, and network device
JP7184154B2 (en) Information transmission/reception method and device
US20220150922A1 (en) System and Method for Scheduling Control Channel Information
JP7548385B2 (en) Terminal devices and network devices
JP2024503648A (en) Resource selection methods, devices and systems
WO2020164635A1 (en) Initial signal transmission method and device
WO2020133340A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication device
JP7207552B2 (en) Data transmission method, device and communication system
JP7485215B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a sounding reference signal
WO2022027518A1 (en) Method for sending uplink data, apparatus, and system
WO2021189254A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink resource re-evaluation
US20230318784A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18944345

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18944345

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1